Skip to main content

Full text of "Millsaps College Catalog, 1973-1974"

See other formats


MiLLSAPS  College 


JACKSON,  MISSISSIPPI 


^  ._  ^^        CATALOG 

b  0  6  t)  2  1973-74 

ANNOUNCEMENTS 

1974-75 

MILLSAPS-WILSON   LIBRARY 
MILLSAPS  COLLEGE 
JACKSON,  MISSISSIPPI    39210 


FOREWORD 

Experiences  indicate  that  those  who  examine  college  catalogs 
are  usually  interested  primarily  in  finding  the  answers  to  the  follow- 
ing questions: 

(1)  What  is  the  general  nature,  type,  and  standing  of  the  college? 

(2)  What  are  the  requirements  for  admission? 

(3)  What  is  the  cost  of  attending  the  college  and  what  opportunities 
are  available  for  earning  part  of  these  expenses? 

(4)  What  subjects  of  study  are  provided  and  what  are  the  require- 
ments  for  graduation? 

(5)  What  rules  does  a  student  have  to  follow  while  attending  the 
college? 

(6)  What  other  activities  are  provided  outside  the  classroom? 

In  order  to  make  this  catalog  easier  to  read,  we  have  tried  to 
arrange  it  so  as  to  answer  these  questions  in  logical  order.  The  first 
two  questions,  which  are  of  concern  primarily  to  prospective  stu- 
dents, are  answered  in  Part  I.  The  other  questions  are  covered  suc- 
cessively in  Parts  ll-VI,  as  shown  in  the  Table  of  Contents  on  the 
opposite  page.  In  Part  VII  we  have  given  the  necessary  information 
with  regard  to  the  trustees,  officers,  and  faculty,  and  have  listed  the 
names  of  other  staff  personnel. 

This  catalog  is  primarily  a  record  of  the  1973-74  session  of 
the  College.  The  academic  calendar  of  the  1974-75  session  will 
be  found  in  the  back. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Page 

Foreword     2 

Table    of    Contents     3 

PART   I       Information   for    Prospective    Students    5 

A.  History    of    the    College    6 

B.  General     Information     6 

C.  Mlllsaps-Wilson    Library     8 

D.  Buildings    and    Grounds    8 

E.  Admission    Requirements     9 

F.  Applying   for  Admission    12 

G.  Counseling     Program     12 

H.   Student     Housing     13 

I.    Dining    Facilities     14 

J.  Medical   Services    14 

K.   Student  Center 14 

PART   11      Financial   Information    15 

A.  Tuition    and    Fees    16 

B.  Explanation    of    Fees     16 

C.  Financial    Regulations    18 

D.  Scholarships   and   Financial   Aid    19 

PART   III   Curriculum      31 

A.  Requirements   for   Degrees    32 

B.  Suggested    Degree    Programs     36 

C.  Educational     Certification     Programs      42 

D.  Cooperative    Programs     45 

E.  Special     Programs     T 48 

F.  Departments    of     Instruction     51 

PART   IV    Administration    of    the    Curriculum     91 

A.  Grades,     Honors,    Class    Standing     92 

B.  Administrative    Regulations     95 

PART  V     Student     Life      99 

A.  Religious    Activities     1 00 

B.  Convocation    Series    1 00 

C.  Athletics 1  01 

D.  Publications      1 02 

E.  Music   and    Drama    1 02 

F.  Student    Organizations     1 03 

G.  Medals  and  Prizes    1  03 

PART  VI     Register      Ill 

A.  Board    of    Trustees 112 

B.  Administration      114 

C.  Faculty    115 

D.  Staff   Personnel    1 20 

E.  Alumni     Association     1 22 

F.  Enrollment   Statistics    122 

Index    1 26 


THE   PURPOSE  OF  MILLSAPS  COLLEGE 

Millsaps  College  has  as  its  primary  aim  the  development  of  men  and  women 
for  responsible  leadership  and  well-rounded  lives  of  useful  service  to  their  fellow 
men,  their  country,  and  their  God.  It  seeks  to  function  as  a  community  of  learners 
where  faculty  and  students  together  seek  the  truth  that  frees  the  minds  of  men. 

As  an  institution  of  the  Methodist  Church,  Millsaps  College  is  dedicated  to 
the  idea  that  religion  is  a  vital  part  of  education;  that  education  is  an  integral 
part  of  the  Christian  religion;  and  that  church-related  colleges,  providing  a  sound 
academic  program  in  a  Christian  environment,  afford  a  kind  of  discipline  and 
influence  which  no  other  type  of  institution  can  offer.  The  College  provides  a 
congenial  atmosphere  where  persons  of  all  faiths  may  study  and  work  together 
for  the  development  of  their  physical,  intellectual,  and  spiritual  capacities. 

As  a  liberal  arts  college,  Millsaps  seeks  to  give  the  student  adequate 
breadth  and  depth  of  understanding  of  civilization  and  culture  in  order  to  broaden 
his  perspective,  to  enrich  his  personality,  and  to  enable  him  to  think  and  act 
intelligently  amid  the  complexities  of  the  modern  world.  The  curriculum 
designed  to  avoid  premature  specialization  and  to  integrate  the  humanities,  the 
social  studies,  and  the  natural  sciences  for  their  mutual  enrichment. 

The  College  recognizes  that  training  which  will  enable  a  person  to  support 
himself  adequately  is  an  essential  part  of  a  well-rounded  education.  On  the  other 
hand,  it  believes  that  one  of  the  chief  problems  of  modern  society  is  that  in  too 
many  cases  training  as  expert  technicians  has  not  been  accompanied  by  education 
for  good  citizenship.  It  offers,  therefore,  professional  and  pre-professional  training 
balanced  by  cultural  and  humane  studies.  In  an  environment  that  emphasizes 
the  cultural  and  esthetic  values  to  be  found  in  the  study  of  language,  literature, 
philosophy,  and  science,  the  student  at  Millsaps  can  also  obtain  the  necessary 
courses  to  prepare  him  for  service  in  such  fields  as  teaching,  journalism,  social 
work,  and  business  or  for  professional  study  in  these  areas  as  well  as  in  theology, 
medicine,  dentistry,  engineering,   law,  and  other  fields. 

As  an  institution  of  higher  learning,  Millsaps  College  fosters  an  attitude  of 
continuing  intellectual  awareness,  of  tolerance,  and  of  unbiased  inquiry,  without 
which  true  education  cannot  exist.  It  does  not  seek  to  indoctrinate,  but  to  inform 
and  inspire.  It  does  not  shape  the  student  in  a  common  mold  of  thought  and 
ideas,  but  rather  attempts  to  search  out  his  often  deeply  hidden  aptitudes,  capa- 
cities, and  aspirations  and  to  provide  opportunities  for  his  maximum  potential 
development.  It  seeks  to  broaden  his  horizons  and  to  lift  his  eyes  and  heart 
toward  the  higher  and  nobler  attributes  of  life.  The  desired  result  is  an  intelligent, 
voluntary  dedication  to  moral  principles  and  a  growing  social  consciousness  that 
will  guide  him  into  a  rich,  well-rounded  Christian  life,  with  ready  acceptance 
of  responsibility  to  neighbor,  state,  and  church. 

— adopted   by  the   Faculty  and   Board   of 
Trustees  of  Millsaps  College,  1955-56 


I 

Information  For 
Prospective  Students 


Founded  February  21,  1890,  Miilsaps  is  one  of  the  youngest 
colleges  supported  by  the  Methodist  Church.  It  was  in  the  late 
eighties  that  the  Mississippi  Methodist  Conferences  appointed  a  joint 
commission  to  formulate  plans  for  a  "college  for  males  under  the 
auspices  and  control  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Church,  South." 

Among  the  members  of  this  commission  were  Major  Reuben 
Webster  Miilsaps,  Jackson  businessman  and  banker,  who  offered  to 
give  $50,000  to  endow  the  institution,  provided  Methodists  through- 
out the  state  matched  this  amount. 

Under  the  leadership  of  Bishop  Charles  Betts  Galloway,  the 
Methodists  met  the  challenge  of  Major  Miilsaps.  The  charter  for  the 
College  was  granted  February  21,  1890,  and  the  College  opened  its 
doors  in  the  fall  of  1892.  Co-education  was  instituted  in  the  seventh 
session. 

The  growth  of  the  College  through  the  years  has  been  made 
possible  by  gifts  from  innumerable  benefactors.  Besides  the  generous 
gifts  of  Major  Miilsaps,  the  College  has  received  large  donations 
from  W.  S.  F.  Tatum,  R.  D.  Sanders,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  H.  J.  Wilson,  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  R.  L.  Ezelle,  the  W.  M.  Buie  family,  the  C.  R.  Ridgway 
family,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  E.  H.  Bacot,  and  Robert  Mason  Strieker.  Other 
individuals  have  endowed  scholarship  and  loan  funds,  which  are 
described  elsewhere  in  this  catalog. 

First  president  of  the  College  was  William  Belton  Murrah,  who 
served  until  1910.  Along  with  Bishop  Galloway  and  Major  Miilsaps, 
Bishop  Murrah  is  commonly  thought  of  as  one  of  the  founders  of 
the  College. 

Other  presidents  have  been  David  Carlisle  Hull,  M.A.,  (1910- 
1912);  Alexander  Farrar  Watkins,  D.D.,  (1912-1923);  David  Martin 
Key,  Ph.D.,  LL.D.,  (1923-1938);  Marion  Lofton  Smith,  Ph.D.,  LL.D., 
(1938-1952);  Homer  Ellis  Finger,  Jr.,  B.D.,  D.D.,  (1952-1964); 
Benjamin  Barnes  Graves,  M.B.A.,  Ph.D.,  (1964-1970);  and  Edward 
McDaniel  Collins,  Jr.,  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  who  was  named  president  in  the 
summer   of    1  970. 


As  a  church-related  college  under  the  joint  sponsorship  of  the 
Mississippi  and  North  Mississippi  Conferences  of  the  United  Metho- 
dist Church,  Miilsaps  adheres  to  the  view  that  one  of  the  fundamental 
bases  of  a  church-related  institution  is  Christian  in  the  sense  that 
knowledge  of  truth  is  part  of  its  work.  Miilsaps,  therefore,  is  not 
narrow  in  its  outlook. 

As  a  small  college  with  an  enrollment  of  approximately  1,000 
students,  the  close  personal  relationship  that  exists  among  students, 
faculty,  and  administration  at  Miilsaps  is  one  of  the  most  vital  parts 
of  the  college  experience. 

Miilsaps  is  a  co-educational  college  with  an  enrollment  approxi- 
mately equal  between  men  and  women. 


GENERAL   INFORMATION 


HISTORY 
OF  THE 
COLLEGE 


GENERAL 
INFORMATIOI 


Millsaps  is  a  liberal  arts  college  with  the  primary  aim  of  training 
its  students  for  responsible  citizenship  and  well-rounded  lives  rather 
than  for  narrow  professional  careers.  One  of  the  chief  curses  of  our 
modern  society  is  that  so  many  of  our  people  are  expert  lawyers,  or 
doctors,  or  business  men,  or  brick  layers,  without  at  the  same  time 
being  good  citizens.  Millsaps  attempts  to  remedy  this  situation  by 
training  its  students,  in  whatever  field  of  study  they  may  choose, 
to  be  community  leaders  and  responsible  citizens. 

Offering  professional  and  pre-professional  training  balanced  by 
:uitural  and  disciplinary  studies,  the  College  recognizes  that  training 
which  will  enable  a  person  to  support  himself  adequately  is  an  essen- 
tial part  of  a  well-rounded  education.  Therefore,  the  student  at 
'vAillsaps  can  obtain  the  necessary  courses  to  prepare  him  directly  for 
a  business  career  or  for  service  in  education,  the  ministry,  or  social 
work;  he  can  study  music  as  preparation  for  professional  work  in 
the  field,  as  well  as  for  its  esthetic  and  cultural  value;  and  he  can 
Dbtain  thoroughly  sound  basic  courses  which  will  prepare  him  for 
orofessional  study  in  medicine,  dentistry,  law,  and  other  fields.  Pro- 
fessional leaders  in  all  fields  recognize  that  the  most  valuable  mem- 
jDers  of  their  profession  are  those  who  have  something  more  in  their 
packground  than  narrow  technical  study. 

The  College  selects  its  students  carefully  on  their  ability  to  think, 
desire  to  learn,  good  moral  character,  and  intellectual  maturity.  The 
primary  consideration  in  acting  on  all  applications  for  admission  is 
the  ability  to  do  college  work  in  a  measure  satisfactory  to  the  College 
and  beneficial  to  the  student. 

Millsaps  has  a  cosmopolitan  student  body  representing  a  whole 
geographical  area  and  including  persons  of  all  races  and  religious 
faiths.  During  a  typical  semester,  approximately  thirty  states  and  a 
naif-dozen  foreign  countries  are  represented  in  the  student  body.  In 
terms  of  religious  affiliation,  the  students  come  from  some  twenty- 
five  different  denominations. 

The  capital  city  of  the  state  gives  the  College  an  ideal  location. 
Many  educational  advantages  may  be  found  in  Jackson  in  addition 
to  the  courses  offered  at  the  College.  The  State  Department  of  Ar- 
:hives  and  History,  the  State  Library,  the  Library  of  the  State  De- 
partment of  Health,  and  the  Jackson  Public  Library  provide  research 
facilities  found  nowhere  else  in  the  state.  The  Jackson  Symphony 
Orchestra,  Jackson  Little  Theatre,  the  New  Stage  Theatre,  The  Jack- 
on  Opera  Guild,  Inc.,  and  numerous  musical,  dramatic,  and  sporting 
events  staged  at  the  City  Auditorium  and  the  Mississippi  Coliseum 
add   materially  to  the   cultural   advantages   available. 

Fully  accredited  by  the  Southern  Association  of  Colleges  and 
Schools,  and  approved  by  the  American  Association  of  University 
vVomen  and  the  University  Senate  of  the  United  Methodist  Church, 
^^ilisaps  College  is  recognized  by  the  General  Board  of  Education 
3f  the   United   Methodist  Church  as  one  of   its  strongest   institutions. 


GENERAL    INFORMATION 


The  Library  of  Millsaps  College  currently  contains  approximately 
100,000  volumes  and   525   periodical   subscriptions. 

The  library  was  begun  in  1  905  on  a  grant  of  Andrew  Carnegie 
and  an  endowment  of  Major  Millsaps.  In  1925  the  Carnegie  Corpora- 
tion provided  the  funds  for  a  new  building  which  was  redecorated  in 
1944. 

An  enlarged  and  remodeled  building  was  dedicated  in  Sep- 
tember, 1955,  a  result  of  the  Million-for-Millsaps  Campaign  and 
the  generosity  of  the  H.  J.  Wilson  family,  and  in  1971  the  library 
was  further  expanded  as  a  part  of  a  new  Academic  Complex.  The 
library  provides  individual  study  carrels  and  rooms,  browsing  and 
lounge  areas.  In  addition  to  research  materials,  there  is  a  collection 
of  audiovisual   materials  and  dial-access   listening   facilities. 

Special  collections  in  the  library  include  the  Lehman  Engel 
Collection  of  books,  manuscripts,  recordings,  art  objects  and  corres- 
pondence relating  to  the  theatre  and  the  arts;  the  Mississippi  Metho- 
dist Archives,  administered  by  Dr.  J.  B.  Cain;  a  rare  book  collection; 
and  the  Kellogg  Collection  of  juvenile  books  and  curriculum  materials. 


The  campus,  covering  nearly  100  acres  in  the  center  of  a  beauti- 
ful residential  section  and  on  one  of  the  highest  points  in  the  city, 
is  valued   at  approximately  ten  million  dollars. 

The  administration  building,  Murrah  Hall,  was  erected  in  1914; 
the  Sullivan-Harrell  Science  Hall  in  1928;  and  the  Physical  Educa- 
tion Center  in  1974.  The  James  Observatory  provides  excellent  facili- 
ties for  students  of  astronomy  and  is  also  made  available  on  frequent 
occasions  to  the  citizens  of  Jackson  and  surrounding  areas.  Recent 
grants  and  gifts  have  made  possible  the  addition  of  completely  modern 
equipment  for  the  science  laboratories. 

The  Christian  Center  Building  was  completed  in  1950.  It  was 
made  possible  by  the  gifts  of  Mississippi  Methodists,  alumni,  and 
friends  of  the  College.  This  building  has  an  auditorium  seating  about 
1000  persons,  a  small  chapel,  classrooms,  and  offices.  In  1967  the 
stage  was  renovated  into  a  modern  theatre  stage.  Seminar  rooms  and 
faculty  offices  were  added.   The  whole  building   was   air-conditioned. 

In  1955  the  Carnegie-Millsaps  Library  was  modernized  and 
enlarged  to  three  times  its  former  size.  It  was  the  first  building  to 
be  constructed  with  the  Million-for-Millsaps  funds  and  was  renamed 
the  Millsaps-Wilson  Library.  In  1971  this  space  was  almost  doubled 
by  the  allocation  of  a  part  of  the  new  Academic  Complex  for  Library. 


GENERAL   INFORMATION 


MILLSAPS-W|| 
LIBRARY 


BUILDINGS 

AND 

GROUNDS 


i 


A  building  completed  in  1957,  also  financed  from  the  Million- 
or-Millsaps  funds,  is  the  Boyd  Campbell  Student  Center.  This  build- 
ng  houses  the  offices  of  the  Dean  of  Women,  the  Dean  of  Men,  the 
Dod  services,  the  bookstore,  the  post  office,  the  student  activity 
uarters,  and  recreation  area. 

There  are  air-conditioned  residence  halls  for  both  men  and 
/omen  students.  One  for  women,  Becky  Bacot  Hall,  and  one  for 
nen  were  opened  in  the  fall  of  1966.  Fae  Franklin  for  women  and 
zelle  for  men  were  opened  in  1958.  These  buildings  are  modern 
nd  convenient.  Sanders  Hal!  also  houses  women  students;  it  was 
pened   in    1  951 . 

The  Sullivan-Harrell  Science  Hail  was  completely  renovated, 
xpanded,  and  modernized  in  1963,  creating  the  Millsaps  College 
cience  Center.  The  furnishings  and  new  equipment  were  designated 
memorial  to  Dr.  Joseph  Bailey  Price.  A  part  of  the  funds  from 
^e  Seventy-Fifth  Anniversary  Development  Program  was  used  in  this 
"novation. 

The  Academic  Complex  was  completed  in  the  spring  of  1971. 
t  houses  a  small  auditorium  in  which  is  located  a  forty-one  rank 
Aohler  Organ.  It  houses  the  Music  Department,  the  skylit  art  studios, 
ne  Business  and  Economics  Department,  the  Political  Science  Depart- 
lent,  a  computer  room,  classrooms  of  varying  sizes  and  composition, 
listening  laboratory,  and  a  music  laboratory. 

The  campus  contains  fields  for  football,  baseball,  soccer,  track, 
jnnis  courts  and  a  new  olympic-size  swimming   pool. 


Millsaps  College  will  accept  as  members  of  its  student  body 
Dung  men  and  women  of  all  races  and  religious  faiths  who  are  well 
ualified  to  benefit  from  the  kind  of  academic  program  offered  by 
ie  College.  Applicants  for  admission  must  furnish  evidence  of: 

1 .  Good  moral  character 

2.  Sound   physical    and    mental    health. 

3.  Adequate  scholastic  preparation 

4.  Intellectual  maturity 
Application    for    admission    to    freshman    standing    may    be    made 


xording  to  one  of  the  following  plans: 


By  High  School  Graduation,  provided  that: 

(a)  The  student's  record  shows  satisfactory  completion  of  gradua- 
tion requirements  with  at  least  twelve  units  from  among  courses 
in  English,  mathematics,  social  studies,  natural  sciences  or  foreign 
language.  Four  units  of  English  should  be  included  among  these 
credits. 


ADMISSION    REQUIREMENTS 


ADMISSION 
REQUIREMENTS 


Freshman 
Admission 


(b)  Results  of  the  American  College  Test  (ACT)  or  the  Scho- 
lastic Aptitude  Test  (SAT)  are  submitted  and  reflect  satisfactory 
scores. 

By  Equivalency  Certificate 

(a)  Students  who  have  not  regularly  prepared  for  college  may 
submit    results    of    the    General    Educational    Development    Tests 

(GED)  along  with  a  transcript  of  work  completed  in  lieu  of 
requirements  set  forth   in   paragraph    1     (a)  . 

(b)  At  the  discretion  of  the  Admissions  Committee,  results  of 
the  American  College  Test  (ACT)  or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test 
(SAT)   may  be  required. 

Early   Admission 

(a)  Students  who  are  nearing  high  school  graduation,  but  choose 
to  enter  college  before  graduation,  may  apply  by  submitting  an 
official  transcript  and  results  of  the  American  College  Test  (ACT) 
or  the  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test   (SAT)  . 

(b)  At  least  twelve  units  of  work  from  among  courses  in  English, 
mathematics,  social  studies,  natural  sciences,  or  foreign  languages 
must  be  included  in  credit  presented.  Normally,  four  units  of 
English    are    required. 


A  transfer  student  is  one  entering  Millsaps  as  a  full-time  stu- 
dent from  another  institution  of  higher  learning.  A  completed  appli- 
cation for  admission  and  a  transcript  showing  all  work  attempted  at 
other  colleges  or  universities  are  required.  The  following  policies  apply 
to  the   transfer  applicant: 

1.  Full  credit  is  normally  allowed  to  transfer  students  on  work  taken 
at  other  accredited  institutions.  Some  courses  which  are  not  re- 
garded as  consistent  with  a  liberal  arts  curriculum  may  not  be 
credited  toward  a  degree.  Work  done  at  non-accredited  institutions 
may  be  validated  if  the  student  makes  a  satisfactory  record  at 
M'lisaps. 

2.  A  maximum  of  64  semester  hours  will  be  allowed  from  a  junior 
college.  After  accumulating  64  hours,  a  student  will  be  granted 
no  additional  credit  toward  a  degree  at  Millsaps  for  work  done 
at  a  junior  college. 

3.  Transfers  will  be  called  upon  to  do  the  work  necessary  to  fulfill 
requirements  for  majors  at  Millsaps  or  for  pre-professional  work 
and  for  professional  teaching   licenses. 

4.  Grades  and  quality  points  earned  at  another  institution  will  be 
recorded  as  they  are  transmitted  on  the  transcript.  Transfer  stu- 
dents must  earn  at  Millsaps  quality  points  at  least  double  the 
number  of  hours  of  academic  credit  remaining  on  their  graduation 
requirements  after  transfer  credits  are   entered. 

5.  In  the  case  of  students  transferring  to  Millsaps  with  more  than  3 
but   less  than   6   hours  credit   in   a    required   subject,   the    head   of 


Transfer 
Admission 


ADMISSION    REQUIREMENTS 


10 


the  department  concerned  is  authorized  to  approve  a  3 -hour 
elective  in  that  department  as  a  substitute  for  the  remainder  of 
the  required  course. 

).     Credit  will  not  be  given  for  work  done  by  correspondence. 


A  special  student  is  one  entering  Millsaps  for  less  than  12  hours 
if  academic  work  per  semester  or  one  who  previously  received  a 
laccalaureate  degree.  Special  students  are  admitted  as  non-degree 
andidates  to  be  enrolled  for  credit  or  for  no  credit  based  on  the 
tudent's  request  and  the  discretfon  of  the  Admissions  Committee. 
Admissions  credentials  will  include  a  completed  application  for  ad- 
nission  and  transcripts  of  all  academic  work  attempted.  The  following 
lolicies  apply  to  special  students: 

.  Special  students  are  normally  expected  to  be  21  years  of  age  and 
are  required  to  present  evidence  of  good  character  and  maturity 
of  training.  Age  requirements  may  be  waived  by  the  Admissions 
Committee. 

!.  Special  students  may  enroll  for  whatever  courses  they  desire  with- 
out regard  to  graduation  requirements,  but  must  in  all  cases  meet 
the  prerequisites  for  the  courses  elected. 

5.  Special  students  may  apply  as  degree  candidates  but  must  be 
admitted  as  a  degree  candidate  at  least  one  year  before  the  date 
of  graduation.  Work  completed  at  Millsaps  will  be  considered  as 
part  of  the  student's  admission   credentials. 

\.  Students  in  their  senior  year  taking  all  the  work  required  for 
graduation  are  not  considered  special  students,  even  though  en- 
rolled for  less  than   12  hours. 


Special    students    are    not    permitted    to    represent    the    College    in 
extracurricular  activities. 


Millsaps  College  participates  in  the  Advanced  Placement  Pro- 
jram  which  is  administered  by  the  College  Entrance  Examination 
Board.  Advanced  placement  is  awarded  on  the  basis  of  good  perfor- 
nance  on  the  CEEB  Advanced  Placement  Tests  or,  in  some  cases, 
)n  placement  tests  given  by  Millsaps  College  during  freshman  orien- 
ation  week.  Grades  of  5  or  4  on  the  CEEB  Advanced  Placement 
rests  are  accepted  for  advanced  placement. 

A  student  who  has  made  a  score  of  5  or  4  on  one  or  more 
lEEB  Advanced  Placement  Tests  is  automatically  eligible  to  receive 
:ourse  credit  as  well  as  advanced  placement  in  the  appropriate  field 
)r  fields.  The  amount  of  credit  corresponds  to  the  amount  of  course 
vork  waived,  up  to  a  maximum  of  8  semester  hours  in  any  one 
ield.  The  student  must  decide  whether  or  not  to  accept  an  award 
)f  course  credit  prior  to  registration  for  his  first  semester.  The  student 
s  advised  to  consult  his  assigned  faculty  adviser  or  the  chairman 
pf  the  appropriate  department  before  making  his  decision. 


ADMISSION    REQUIREMENTS 


Special   Student 
Admission 


Advanced 
Placement 


11 


All  persons  not  in  residence  at  Millsaps  during  the  preceding 
regular  semester  must  apply  to  the  Admissions  Committee  and  be 
accepted  prior  to  registration  for  the  fall  and  spring  semesters. 

A  prospective  student  should  apply  for  admission  well  in  advance 
of  the  date  on  which  he  wishes  to  enter,  particularly  if  housing  ac- 
commodations on  the  campus  are  desired.  The  Admissions  Committee 
begins  acting  in  December  on  completed  applications  for  both  the 
Spring  and  Fall  semesters. 

In  applying  for  admission  a  prospective  student  should  follow 
the  procedure  described  below: 

1 .  Submit  a  completed  Application  for  Admission  Form  with  the 
$10.00  application  fee  to  the  Director  of  Admissions.  The  fee  is 
not  refunded  to  a  student  whose  application  is  approved. 

2.  Request  the  high  school  principal  or  college  registrar  to  send  an 
official  transcript  directly  to  the   Director  of  Admissions. 

(a)  Transfers  are  required  to  include  a  transcript  from  every 
college  or  university  attended. 

(b)  If  the  prospective  student  is  enrolled  in  school  at  the  time 
he  applies  for  admission,  he  should  have  a  transcript  sent  showing 
his  credits  up  to  that  time.  A  supplementary  transcript  will  be 
required  after  admission  showing  satisfactory  completion  of  work. 

3.  Freshman  applicants,  submit  results  of  either  the  American  Col- 
lege Test    (ACT)    or  Scholastic  Aptitude  Test    (SAT). 


The  fundamental  objective  of  all  counseling  services  is  to  assist 
each  student  to  be  ready  and  able  to  accomplish  maximum  success 
in  his  academic  work.  Consequently,  every  member  of  the  college 
community  participates  in  counseling,  and  specialists  from  the  com- 
munity are  used  as  referral  resources  when  the  nature  of  a  student's 
problem  requires  highly  specialized  therapy.  Basically,  the  divisions 
of  the  counseling  program  are  as  follows: 

In  order  to  assist  new  and  prospective  students  to  plan  wisely  in 
looking  forward  to  their  college  careers,  the  College  will  provide 
counseling  services  to  any  prospective  student  who  may  desire  to 
explore  his  vocational  and  educational  objectives  before  he  enters 
his  classes  in  the  fall  semester.  Students  who  have  been  admitted 
are  urged  to  take  advantage  of  this  service. 

All  freshmen  are  expected  to  be  on  the  campus  on  August  26, 
1974,  to  participate  in  the  orientation  program.  Transfer  students 
are  expected  on  Tuesday,  August  27,  1  974.  This  program  is  developed 


APPLYING  FOR  ADMISSION/COUNSELING 


APPLYING 

FOR 

ADMISSION 


COUNSELING 
PROGRAM 


Pre-Regist-ratioi 
Counseling 


Orientation 


12 


and  executed  cooperatively  by  students  and  faculty  for  the  purpose 
of  assisting  students  to  be  prepared  adequately  for  entering  fully  into 
the  college  program. 

Each  new  student  at  Millsaps  is  assigned  to  a  member  of  the 
faculty  who  serves  as  the  adviser  for  that  student  with  respect  to 
his  academic  program.  At  the  time  a  student  chooses  his  major  field 
Df  study,  his  major  professor  automatically  becomes  his  faculty  adviser. 

Particular  attention  is  given  by  the  Office  of  Student  Personnel 
ro  counseling  students  on  such  matters  as  vocational  choice,  selection 
Df  fields  of  study,  study  skills,  reading  skills,  emotional  adjustment, 
and  similar  college  student  problems. 

Any  student  registered  in  the  College  has  available  to  him 
ndividual  testing  services  to  assist  him  in  self-analysis  and  planning 
n  terms  of  his  individual  aptitudes,  interests,  and  personality  char- 
jcteristics. 


The  housing  program  of  the  College  is  coordinated  by  the  Dean 
)f  Men  and  the  Dean  of  Women  in  cooperation  with  the  residence 
lalls'  resident  hostess,  counselors,  and  assistants.  Men  students  live 
n  our  men's  residence  halls  or  in  fraternity  houses.  Only  active  mem- 
)ers  of  a  fraternity  are  permitted  to  live  in  its  house.  Women  students 
ive  in  our  women's  residence  halls.  The  regulations  by  which  resident 
vomen  students  are  governed  are  formulated  and  administered  by  the 
Vomen's  Student  Government  Association.  All  residence  hall  residents 
ire  expected  to  maintain  their  rooms  in  a  clean  and  reasonably  neat 
ond.tion. 

All  out-of-town  students  are  required  to  reside  in  college  housing 
acilities,  unless  they  have  received  permission,  in  writing,  through 
he  Office  of  Student  Affairs,  to  live  in  off-campus  housing.  Appli- 
ation  forms  for  permission  to  live  off-campus  are  available  in  the 
itudent  Affairs  Office.  Out-of-town  students  wishing  to  live  off 
:ampus  should  complete  these  forms  and  receive  approval  in  advance 
|if  any  move  before  incurring  obligations  to  a  prospective  land- 
3rd.  No  out-of-town  student  classified  below  the  junior  level  will  be 
liven  permission  to  live  off-campus  except  in  special  cases  as  defined 
y  either  the  Dean  of  Men  or  the  Dean  of  Women.  Students  who 
esire  to  live  with  relatives  while  attending  Millsaps  must  secure 
ermission   in  writing   from  the  Office  of  Student  Affairs. 

Residence  Hall  facilities  are  designed  to  house  two  students  in 
ach  space.  Students^  desiring  to  room  together  should  make  every 
ffort  to  pay  room  deposits  at  the  same  time  and  to  specify  their 
esire  to  room  together.  A  limited  number  of  single  rooms  is  avail- 
ble  in  each  residence  hall.  Students  desiring  a  single  room  should 
ay  their  room  deposits  as  early  as  possible.  Room  assignments  are 
lade  in  order  in  which  students'  room  deposits  or  completed  appli- 
ations  have  been  received,  whichever  is  later.  Preference  for  a  par- 
icular  room  will  be  honored  unless  it  has  been  taken  by  someone 
'hose  eligibility  for  the  room  entities  him  to  it. 

COUNSELING/HOUSING 


Faculty 
Advisers 


Personal 
Counseling 


Testing 


STUDENT 
HOUSING 


After  notification  of  room  assignment,  a  student  nnust  accept 
or  reject  the  assignment  in  writing  within  two  weeks  of  the  notifica- 
tion.   Room   rent  cannot   be   refunded   after  the   semester   has   begun. 

Residence  Halls  open  for  occupancy  at  2  p.m.  of  the  day  preced- 
ing each  term  or  semester  and  close  at  4  p.m.  on  the  last  day  of  each 
term  or  semester.  All  Residence  Halls  close  at  2  p.m.  on  the  afternoon 
of  the  day  that  Christmas  and  spring  holidays  begin  and  re-open  at 
2  p.m.  on  the  day  immediately  preceding  the  day  that  classes  resume 
following  the  holiday  period.  No  student  can  be  housed  in  the  Resi- 
dence Halls  during  the  Thanksgiving,  Christmas,  or  Spring  holiday 
periods. 

The  College  Dining  Hall  and  the  College  Grill  are  located  in 
the  Boyd  Campbell  Student  Center.  These  food  services  are  under 
contract  to  a  professional  food  service  company  to  assure  the  best 
in  food  and  service  at  moderate  rates.  The  average  cost  per  meal 
to  the  student  on  the  7 -day  plan  is  12<^. 

The  College  Grill  is  in  the  same  building  with  the  Dining  Hall. 
It  is  available  to  those  who  wish  a  la  carte  service  and  short  orders. 
There  is  a  complete  soda  fountain  service.  The  Grill  operates  on  a 
cash   sales   basis. 


The  medical  services  are  designed  to  provide  treatment  and  care 
for  students  with  minor  illnesses,  diagnostic  and  referral  services,  and 
to  implement  preventive  and  educational  programs.  The  services  of 
the  college  physician  are  available  through  the  nurse  on  duty  or 
one  of  the  resident  hostesses. 

Students  with  minor  illnesses  are  cared  for  on  campus.  More 
serious  illnesses  or  those  requiring  long-term  care  are  referred  to  one 
of  the  local  hospitals  or  to  home  on  a  private  patient  basis.  Each 
student  is  urged  to  have  insurance  for  medical  care^  either  through  a 
family  policy  or  by  enrolling  in  the  group  insurance  made  available 
through  the  College. 

New  students  are  required  to  have  their  personal  physicians 
complete  and  mail  in  a  physical  examination  form.  This  form  is 
provided  the  student  before  the  opening  of  the  term  in  which  he  will 
enroll.  In  addition,  each  new  student  is  required  to  have  influenza 
immunizations   prior  to   enrollment. 

The  heart  of  a  small  college  is  the  close  relationship  between 
students  and  faculty.  From  this  relationship  pulses  the  life-blood  of 
the  campus  in  the  form  of  mutual  confidence,  mutual  respect,  and 
mutual  concern  for  the  welfare  of  the  total  membership  of  the  college 
community.  The  Boyd  Campbell  Student  Center  makes  a  unique 
contribution  to  the  College  by  serving  as  the  "living  room"  of  the 
campus  where  friends  can  meet  for  relaxation  and  enrichment  through 
interpersonal  contacts;  by  providing  a  center  for  extracurricular  activi- 
ties; by  providing  a  central  location  for  the  cafeteria,  the  grill,  the 
post  office,  and  the  bookstore;  by  serving  as  a  focal  point  for  com- 
muters and  off-campus  students;  and  by  providing  a  general  unifying 
influence   for  the   entire   campus. 

FACILITIES  AND  SERVICES 


DINING 
FACILITIES 


MEDICAL 
SERVICES 


STUDENT 
CENTER 


14 


II 

Financial  Information 


Millsaps  College  is  an  independent  institution.  Each  student  is 
charged  a  tuition  which  covers  approximately  two-thirds  of  the  cost 
of  his  education.  The  balance  of  these  costs  is  met  by  income  from 
endowment  and  by  gifts  from  the  United  Methodist  Church,  alumni, 
trustees,  parents,  and  other  friends  who  are  interested  in  the  type  of 
education  the  College  provides.  Thus  each  student  who  is  admitted  is 
initially  and  automatically  granted  the  equivalent  of  a  scholarship 
equal  to  one-third  the  cost  of  his  education. 

The  expenses  of  a  student  at  Millsaps  College  will  depend  on 
a  variety  of  factors.   Basic  expenses  for  one  semester  are  as  follows: 


Resident 

Non-resident 

Tuition* 

$    800.00 

$800.00 

Recreation    Activity    Fee     .  . 

15.00 

15.00 

Room     rent                               .  . 

175.00 

Mealst 

.  .  .        237.50 

Total 

.  .    $1,227.50 

$815.00 

'■'Includes   $15   Student   Association   Fee 

t  (Several  plans  are  available,  from  $215  to  $237.50) 

Each  student  receives  the  advantages  afforded  by  the  tennis 
courts,  new  gymnasium  and  olympic-sized  swimming  pool,  and 
athletic  fields.  In  addition  the  student  is  admitted  to  all  home  varsity 
athletic  contests.  These  facilities  are  maintained  by  the  Recreation 
Activity  Fee. 

Other  fees  and  charges  are  dependent  on  the  particular  courses 
for  which  the  student  registers,  and  on  special  circumstances  related 
to  his  registration.  A  schedule  of  these  fees  and  charges  is  given 
below. 

Fine   Arts   Fees 

Art   courses,    per  semester 

Each  course    (except  351    and   352)     

Music  courses,  per  semester  for  private   lessons 

One  lesson  per  week   ( 1   hour  credit)    

One  lesson  per  week   ( 1   hour  credit,  4  in  class)    .... 

Two  lessons  per  week   (2  or  more  hours  credit)    .... 

Special   Students    (1    hour  credit) 

Special   Students    (2   hour  credit) 

Note:  The  above  fee  includes  use  of  practice  rooms. 

Science   Laboratory   Fees 

Astronomy  

Biology  S21  1,   S221,   251,   252,   361     

Biology   (all  other  except  491   and  492)     

Biology    401,    402     (2    hours    credit)      

Biology    401,    402     (1     hour    credit)  

Chemistry     (all    lab   courses   except    101,    102) 

Chemistry    101,    102  

Chemistry     (all    laboratory    courses,    breakage    fee) 
Geology    (all   laboratory  courses  except  401-402)     . 

Geology  401,  402    (2  hours  credit) 

Geology  401,    401     (1    hour   credit) 

**unused    portion    refundable   at   end   of    semester. 


$    10.00 

50.00 
25.00 
90.00 
75.00 
125.00 


10.00 
20.00 
15.00 
20.00 
10.00 
15.00 
10.00 
1  5.00* 
15.00 
10.00 
5.00 


TUITION    AND   FEiS 


TUITION 
AND  FEES 


Semesfer 
Expenses 


EXPLANATIOr 
OF  FEES  'j 
AND  CHARGE! 


16 


Mathematics   352    (Analog   Computer)     10.00 

Physics    (except   301,   321-322,   331,   336,   341, 

491-492)          10.00 

Psychology   309,    310    5.00 

Special   Problems      1 0.00 

Other   Laboratory   Fees 

Accounting  281-282 $   5.00 

Accounting  272 $1  5.00 

Administration   271  $1  5.00 

Modern  Foreign  Language,  each  course 

($10.00   maximum)     $   5.00 

Computer    1  00     • $20.00 

Computer   110 $25.00 

Computer  210  (depending  on  number  of  hours)  $30.00-$40.00 
Mathematics  401-402  (for  computer  offerings)  $1  5.00-$25.00 
Computer  401  -402    (depending  on  number  of 

hours)      $30.00-$40.00 

LATE  REGISTRATION  FEE.— A  fee  of  $5.00  will  be  charged 
any  full-time  student  who  registers  after  the  days  designated  in  the 
College  catalog.  Payment  of  semester  expenses  is  considered  a  part 
Df    registration. 

CHANGE  OF  SCHEDULE  FEE.— A  fee  of  $5.00  will  be  charged 
for  each  change  of  schedule  authorization  processed  for  a  student. 
Any  change  of  schedule  initiated  by  the  College  will  have  no  fee 
jinvolved. 

i  GRADUATION  FEE. — This  fee  of  $18.00  covers  the  cost  of  the 

diploma,  the  rental  of  a  cap  and  gown^  and  general  commencement 
expenses. 

'  SPECIAL  STUDENTS. — A  special  student  is  one  who  takes   less 

than  twelve  semester  hours  of  academic  work  for  college  credit  or 
Dne  who  has  already  received  a  baccalaureate  degree.  Special  students 
oay  the  following   tuition   rates   plus   any   laboratory   fees    involved. 

Tuition  per  semester  hour: 

1    to    1  1     semester    hours    inclusive,    per    hour  $54.00 

12  or   more   semester   hours    Full    tuition    and    fees 

Students  taking  only  private  music  lessons  or  private  art  lessons 
or  college  credit  pay  a  registration  fee  of  $10  for  each  course  plus 
[he  special  fees  for  the  courses  taken.  If  not  for  college  credit,  they 
Day  only  the  special  fee(s). 

A  student  taking  one  course  (credit  or  non-credit)  in  addition 
o  private  music  or  private  art  lessons  for  credit  will  pay  the  above 
flO  fee(s)  and  special  fee(s)  plus  the  special-student  tuition  and 
aboratory  fee  for  the  other  course. 

EXCESS  HOURS. — Students  registering  for  courses  in  excess  of 
eighteen  hours  will  be  charged  one-half  the  special  student  tuition 
or  each   additional   hour   per  semester. 

AUDITING  OF  COURSES. — Courses  are  audited  only  with  ap- 
proval of  the  Dean.  There  will  be  no  charge  except  laboratory  fee  to 
i  full-time  student  for  auditing  any  course.  Special  students  taking 
)ther  courses   may   audit   one   course   without   charge   except   for   the 


MISCELLANEOUS 
FEES 


TUITION   AND  FEES 


17 


payment  of  a  laboratory  fee  that  may  be  involved.  A  person  not 
enrolled  in  any  courses  for  college  credit  will  be  charged  at  the 
summer  school  hourly  rates.  A  student  auditing  the  classroom 
work  of  a  course  and  not  auditing  the  laboratory  work  will  not  be 
considered  as  having  a  laboratory  fee  involved.  A  student  auditing  a 
course  in  which  the  laboratory  work  and  classroom  work  cannot  be 
separated  will   be   required  to  pay  the   laboratory  fee. 


CLASSROOM  RESERVATION  FEE. — A  $25.00  classroom  reser- 
vation fee  must  be  paid  to  the  College  by  all  students  upon  notifica- 
tion of  acceptance.  If  a  student  decides  not  to  come  to  Millsaps  this 
fee  is  refundable  if  the  Admissions  Office  receives  a  request  for 
refund  by  July   1 . 

DORMITORY  DEPOSIT  FEE. — A  $50.00  room  deposit  fee  must 
be  paid  by  all  students  requesting  campus  housing.  This  fee  will 
be  kept  on  deposit  in  the  business  office  during  the  academic  year.  If 
a  student  is  assessed  for  any  damages  to  property  owned  by  the  school 
during  the  year  it  will  be  deducted  from  this  deposit  fee.  If  at  the 
end  of  the  year  no  charges  have  been  made  against  this  fee,  then 
the  fee  will  be  refunded  to  the  student  after  he  has  made  a  written 
request  that  it  be  refunded.  Payment  is  required  by  July  1,  or 
thereafter  within  one  week  of  the  date  of  the  letter  of  acceptance. 

PAYMENTS. — All  charges  are  due  and  payable  two  weeks  prior 
to  the  opening  of  the  semester.  No  student  will  be  marked  present  in 
his  classes  until  payment  has  been  made  in  the  Business  Office. 

The  College  recognizes  that  many  parents  prefer  to  meet  educa- 
tional expenses  on  an  installment  basis.  To  assist  those  responsible 
for  payment  of  these  expenses,  Millsaps  offers  the  monthly  payment 
services  of  The  Insured  Tuition  Payment  Plan  and  The  Tuition  Plan, 
Inc.  Millsaps  College  can  make  no  exception  to  the  requirement  that 
each  semester's  fees  be  paid  by  registration  unless  prior  arrangements 
acceptable  to  the  College  have  been  made.  To  assure  compliance  with 
this  requirement,  applications  to  one  of  these  plans  should  be  made 
in  June  or  earlier. 

Information  about  these  two  programs  is  sent  to  the  parents 
of  each  incoming  student.  If  you  would  like  information  in  advance, 
write  to:  o 

Richard   C.    Knight    Insurance   Agency,    Inc. 

Insured   Tuition    Payment   Plan 

6   Saint   James   Avenue 

Boston,    Massachusetts   02116 
OR 

The   Tuition    Plan,    Inc. 

Concord,  New  Hampshire  03301 

If  prior  financial  arrangements  have  not  been  made,  a  student's 
account  not  paid  in  full  at  the  time  of  registration  will  be  regarded 
as  delinquent.  A  student  whose  account  is  delinquent  will  not  be 
permitted  to  attend  class  or  use  College  facilities. 

Any  accounts  due  for  any  preceding  semester  must  be  paid 
before  a  student  will   be   enrolled  for  the   succeeding   semester.   The 


FINANCIAL 
REGULATIO^i 


FINANCIAL   REGULATIONS 


Registrar   is    not   permitted    to    transfer   credits    until    all    outstanding 
ndebtedness  to   the   College    is   paid. 

No  student  will  be  allowed  to  graduate  unless  he  has  settled 
vith  the  Business  Office  all  his  indebtedness  to  the  College,  including 
ibrary  fines  and  the  graduation  fee. 

REFUNDS. — Room  rent  cannot  be  refunded  after  the  semester 
lias  begun.  Unused  amounts  paid  in  advance  for  board  are  refundable. 
\  student  who  withdraws  with  good  reason  from  a  course  or  courses 
/ithin  one  week  after  the  date  of  the  first  meeting  of  classes  on 
egular  schedule  will  be  entitled  to  a  refund  of  80%  of  tuition  and 
ees;  within  two  weeks,  60%;  within  three  weeks,  40%,  and  within 
our  weeks,  20%.  If  a  student  remains  in  college  as  much  as  four 
/eeks,   no   refund   will   be   made  except   for   board. 

The  date  of  withdrawal  from  which  all  claims  to  reductions  and 
efunds  will  be  referred  is  the  date  on  which  the  Registrar  is  officially 
lotified  by  the  student  of  his  intention  to  withdraw.  (See  regulations 
elative    to    withdrawals.) 

The  College  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any 
tudent  at  any  time.  In  such  a  case,  the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition 
^ill  be  returned,  except  that  students  withdrawing  under  discipline 
orfeit  the  right  to  a  refund  for  any  charges. 

MEAL  PLAN. — All  students  living  in  college  or  fraternity  hous- 
^g  are  required  to  take  the  college  meal  plan. 

Non-resident  students  are  not  required  to  participate  in  a  meal 
Ian.  However,  they  may  use  the  dining  hall  by  paying  the  set  fee 
er  meal. 

STUDENTS  ROOMING  IN  FRATERNITY  HOUSES.— Students 
Doming  in  fraternity  houses  eat  in  the  college  cafeteria.  Rules  regard- 
ig  payment  of  board  and  fees  applicable  to  other  campus  residents 
'ill  be  observed  by  the  students   rooming    in   fraternity   houses. 

REVISION  OF  CHARGES. — Millsaps  College  reserves  the  privi- 
;ge  of  changing  any  or  all  charges  at  any  time  without  prior  notice. 

Millsaps  College  grants  scholarships  and  financial  aid  to  students 
n  two  bases:  academic  excellence  and  financial  need.  Information 
ertaining  to  these  matters  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  Di- 
;ctor  of  Financial  Aid. 

In  instances  of  financial  need  the  amount  of  aid  granted  is 
ased  on  information  submitted  to  the  College  by  the  College 
cholarship  Service  of  the  College  Entrance  Examination  Board.  The 
ollege  Scholarship  Service  assists  colleges  and  universities  and  other 
gencies  in  determining  the  student's  need  for  financial  assistance, 
students  seeking  any  form  of  financial  assistance  are  required  to 
jbmit  a  copy  of  the  Parents'  Confidential  Statement  form  to  the 
ollege  Scholarship  Service,  designating  Millsaps  College  as  the  re- 
ipient,  by  the  first  of  April.  The  Parents'  Confidential  Statement  form 
lay  be  obtained  from  a  secondary  school,  Millsaps  College,  or  the 
ollege  Scholarship  Service,  P.  O.  Box  176,  Princeton,  New  Jersey 
8540;  P.  O.  Box  881,  Evanston,  Illinois  60204;  or  P.  O.  Box  1025, 
erkeley,  California   90704. 


SCHOLARSHIPS 
AND 
FINANCIAL  AID 


FINANCIAL  AID 


19 


The  David  Martin  Key  Scholarships  are  granted  to  promising  students 
who  are  designated  as  the  Key  Scholars.  The  scholarships  are  renew- 
able if  academic  requirements  are  met.  The  scholarships  were  estab- 
lished as  a  memorial  to  Dr.  David  Martin  Key,  who  served  the  College 
as  teacher  and  President  for  a  total  of  twenty-four  years. 

The  Alexander  Farrar  Watkins  Scholarships  go  to  students  outstanding 
in  leadership  and  scholarship  who  have  completed  their  studies  in 
junior  college.  The  scholarships  are  renewable  for  a  second  year  if 
the  student's  performance  is  satisfactory.  The  scholarships  were  estab- 
lished as  a  memorial  to  Dr.  Alexander  Farrar  Watkins  who  served 
the   College   as    President   from    1912-1923. 

Diamond  Anniversary  Scholarships  are  given  in  recognition  of  achieve- 
ment and  leadership  potential  as  well  as  academic  ability.  These 
awards  are  given  on  the  basis  of  high  school  records,  American 
College  Test  scores,  demonstrated  leadership  potential,  achievement, 
character,  and  financial  need.  Sixty  to  seventy  Diamond  Anniversary 
Scholarships  are  available  each  academic  year.  Some  will  be  honorary 
with  no  financial  grants  being  made.  Diamond  Anniversary  Scholarship 
recipients  are  selected  from  applicants  proposed  by  the  faculty  to 
the  Awards  Committee. 

The  Marion  L.  Smith  Scholarships  have  been  authorized  by  the  Board 
of  Trustees  in  honor  of  former  Millsaps  College  President  Marion  L. 
Smith.  The  scholarships  are  awarded  annually  to  selected  high  school 
seniors.  The  awards  are  made  on  the  basis  of  interviews  conducted 
by  faculty  members.  The  student's  high  school  record,  submitted  with 
the  formal  Application  for  Admission,  is  also  reviewed.  The  Marion 
L.  Smith  Scholarships  are  one  year,  non-renewable  awards.  They  range 
in  value  up  to  $500  each. 

United  Methodist  Scholarships  provide  $500  each  for  several  Metho- 
dist students  who  have  ranked  within  the  upper  fifteen  per  cent  of 
their   class. 

The  Tribbett  Scholarship  is  to  be  awarded  at  the  end  of  each  session 
to  the  member  of  the  sophomore  or  junior  class  whose  quality  index 
is   highest  for  the  year,  subject  to  the   following  qualifications: 

1.  He  must  be  a  regular  student  with  not  less  than  thirty-two 
semester  hours'  work  for  the  year,  and  must  have  made  at  least 
"C"   in  each  of  the  subjects  studied. 

2.  He  must  be  qualified  for  work  assigned  by  the  President  of 
the   College. 

Children  of  United  Methodist  Ministers  receive  scholarship  aid  from 
the  College.  Those  eligible  are  the  children  of  United  Methodist  mini- 
sters serving  in  the  conferences  in  the  State  of  Mississippi. 

The  Foreign  Student  Scholarship  Program  was  established  during  the 
academic  year  1963-64  to  support  the  Foreign  Student  Program  of 
Millsaps  College.  In  addition  to  financial  support,  the  Foreign  Student 
Program  attempts  to  offer  other  assistance  to  foreign  students  enrolled 
at  Millsaps. 


Competitiye! 
Scholarships' 


Institufional 
Scholarships 


FINANCIAL  AID 


20 


eneral  Scholarship  Funds  are  budgeted  by  the  College  each  year  for 
ie  purpose  of  giving   assistance   to   students   requiring   financial   aid. 

ifiited  Methodist  Ministerial  Students  annually  receive  a  full  tuition 
:holarship  from  the  College  while  they  attend  Millsaps;  contingent 
pon  at  least  one  year's  reciprocal  service  in  the  ministry  of  the 
nited   Methodist   Church. 

he  Burlie  Bagiey  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1967  by  a 
"quest  from  the  estate  of  Miss  Burlie  Bagiey  and  by  gifts  from 
lembers  of  Capitol  Street  United  Methodist  Church.  The  scholarship 
ill  be  awarded  to  a  student  who  is  training  for  full-time  Christian 
jrvice. 

he  Bell-Vincent  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  by  Mr.  Francis 
uart  Harmon,  an  alumnus  of  the  College  and  a  member  of  a 
-eminent  Mississippi  family.  Mr.  Harmon  created  this  fund  in  honor 
■  his  maternal  great  grandfather,  Robert  Bell,  and  in  honor  of  his 
•eat  grandfather's  faithful  slave,  Vincent.  The  fund  is  to  be  used 
ir  scholarship  aid  to  students  in  dire  need  and  coming  from  de- 
lved  environments. 

he  J.  E.  Birmingham  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  has  been  donated 
I  Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  F.  Conger,  of  Hernando,  Miss.,  honoring  Mrs. 
onger's   father. 

he  Pet  and  Randall  Brewer  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  estab- 
ihed  in  1  967  by  Miss  Christine  Brewer  in  memory  of  her  parents, 
;t  and  Randall  Brewer.  The  scholarship  will  be  awarded  each  year 
'  a  student  who   is  training   for  a  church-related  vocation. 

he  W.  H.  Brewer  Scholarship  was  created  by  his  son,  Mr.  Ed  C. 
'•ewer  of  Clarksdale,  and  is  open  to  any  student  at  Millsaps  College. 

he  Dr.  T.  M.  Brownlee  and  Dan  F.  Crumpton,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund 

as  established   in    1967   by  Mrs.   Dan   F.   Crumpton,  Sr.,   and   family 

honor  her  father.   Dr.   T.  M.   Brownlee,   a  Methodist  minister,   and 

f.x  husband,   Dan   F.   Crumpton,   Sr. 

I 

jhe  A.   Boyd  Campbell  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in    1 964   in 

emory  of  A.  Boyd  Campbell,  an  outstanding  citizen  of  the  state  of 
ississippi   and   friend   of   Millsaps   College. 

ie  Dr.  Elbert  Alston  Cheek  and  Son  Scholarships  were  established  by 
rs.  Mae  Jack  Cheek  in  memory  of  her  husband.  Dr.  Elbert  Alston 
neek,  and  their  son,   Elbert  Alston  Cheek,  Jr. 

[ie  George  C.  Cortright  Sr.,  Scholarship  has  been  established  by  Mrs. 
Jorge  C.  Cortright,  Sr.,  of  Rolling  Fork,  and  her  son,  Mr.  George 
Cortright,  Jr.,  as  a  memorial  to  Mr.  George  C.  Cortright,  Sr. 
ie  Dr.  and  Mrs.  J.  R.  Countiss,  Sr.,  Scholarship  was  established  in 
?50  by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Countiss.  Dr.  Countiss  graduated  at  Millsaps  in 
)02,  was  for  many  years  a  member  of  its  Board  of  Trustees,  was  a 
ember  of  the  North  Mississippi  Conference,  and  was  for  twenty-four 
ars   President  of  Grenada   College. 

ie  Dr.  and  Mrs.  C.  W.  Crisler  Scholarship  was  established  by  Dr. 
aarles  W.  Crisler  in  memory  of  his  wife.  Dr.  Crisler  was  a  Methodist 
inister  and  a  member  of  the  Mississippi  Conference  for  more  than 
ty  years. 


Endowed 
Scholarships 


FINANCIAL  AID 


21 


The  Helen  Daniel  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in  1 970  in 
honor  of  Mrs.  Daniel  by  nnembers  of  her  family.  Mrs.  Daniel  was 
a  housemother  at  Millsaps  from  1952  to  1969.  Since  her  death  in 
1971  many  friends  and  members  of  her  family  have  contributed  to 
the  scholarship  in  her  memory. 

The  Josie  Millsaps  Fitzhugh  Scholarship  was  made  possible  by  a  be- 
quest from  Mrs.   Fitzhugh. 

The  Bishop  Marvin  A.  Franklin  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in 
1964  in  honor  of  the  late  Bishop  Marvin  A.  Franklin,  who  retired  as 
Bishop  of  the  Jackson  Area  of  the  United  Methodist  Church  in  that 
same  year.  This  fund  was  endowed  by.  his  many  friends  and  co- 
workers of  the  North  Mississippi  Annua!  Conference.  Preference  is 
to  be  given  to  a  pre-theological  student  or  to  some  student  preparing 
for  a  full-time  church  vocation. 

The  Marvin  Galloway  Scholarship  was  created  for  the  purpose  of 
aiding  worthy  students  who  need  financial  assistance. 
The  N.  J.  Golding  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1966  by  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  N.  J.  Golding,  Jr.,  in  honor  of  Dr.  N.  J.  Golding,  who  for 
30  years  was  Secretary  of  the  Millsaps  College  Board  of  Trustees  and 
whose  service  to  the  Methodist  Church  in  Mississippi  extended  over 
a  period  of  a  half  century.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be 
awarded  each  year  to  a  ministerial  student  or  under  certain  circum- 
stances  to   a  chemistry   major. 

The  Clara  Barton  Green  Scholarship  was  created  by  her  husband, 
Wharton  Green,  of  the  Class  of  1898,  and  their  three  children, 
Margaret  G.  Runyon,  Clarissa  G.  Coddington,  and  Wharton  Green,  Jr. 
The  Wharton  Green  '98  Scholarship  was  established  by  Mr.  Green  on 
the  50th  anniversary  of  his  graduation.  Mr.  Green  was  a  consulting 
engineer  in  New  York  for  many  years. 

The  Clyde  W.  Hall  Scholarship  was  established  in  1 953  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Clyde  W.  Hall  of  New  Albany,  Mississippi. 
The  Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  H.  Hall  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1  966 
by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  D.  H.  Hall  of  New  Albany,  Mississippi. 
The  James  E.  Hardin  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in 
1967  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  W.  Hardin  and  Reid-McGee  &  Company 
in  memory  of  James  E.  Hardin,  the  son  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Hardin 
and  a  prominent  attorney  in  the  city  of  Jackson.  Income  is  to  be 
awarded  to  a  pre-iaw  student  at  Millsaps. 

The  John  Paul  Henry  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1 969  by 
Mrs.  John  Paul  Henry  in  memory  of  her  husband.  Preference  shall 
be  given  to  a  student  preparing  for  the  ministry  in  the  United  Metho- 
dist Church. 

The  Rames  Assad  Khayat  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in 
1972  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  K.  E.  Hederi  as  a  memorial  to  Mrs.  Hederi's 
brother,  a  former  Millsaps  student.  Recipients  will  be  selected  an- 
nually. 

The  Alvin  Jon  King  Music  Scholarship  was  established  in  December, 
1954,  by  an  anonymous  donor  to  honor  the  late  Alvin  Jon  King,  the 
director  of  the  Millsaps  Singers  from  1934-1956.  Income  from  th's 
fund  is  given  to  one  or  more  students  in  music  or  music  activities  of 
the   College. 


FINANCIAL  AID 


22 


The    Norma    C.    Moore    Lawrence    Memorial    Scholarship    Fund    was 

jstablished  by  bequest  of  Mrs.  Lawrence.  The  fund  provides  loans 
and  grants  to  worthy  students  in  their  pursuit  of  an  education. 

The  Reverend  and  Mrs.  W.  C.  Lester  Scholarship  Fund  was  established 
n  1959  by  the  will  of  the  late  Miss  Daisy  Lester  as  a  memorial  to 
ler   parents. 

The  Susan  Long  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1  967 
)y  the  Reverend  and  Mrs.  J.  E.  Long  in  memory  of  their  daughter, 
)usan  Long,  a    1966  graduate  of  Millsaps  College. 

The  Will  and  Delia  McGehee  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in 
1965,  as  a  memorial  to  Mr.  and  Mrs.  W.  E.  McGehee.  Interest  will 
JO  to  a  ministerial  student  selected  by  the  College. 

The  Lida  Ellsberry  Malone  Scholarship  was  established  in  1  968  by  Dr. 

ind  Mrs.  W.  E.  Calhoun  of  Moss  Point,  Mississippi,  in  honor  of  their 
lunt,   Miss   Lida   Ellsberry  Malone   of   Pensacola,   Florida. 

The  Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  W.  Mars  Scholarship  was  created  by  Mrs.  Mars 
ind  her  three  sons,  Norman,  Henry,  and  Lewis  of  Philadelphia,  Mis- 
issippi,  and  daughter,  Mrs.  D.  W.  Bridges  of  Athens,  Georgia, 
icholarships  are  to  be  given  to  ministerial  students. 

The  Robert  and  Marie  May  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in   1  969 

)y  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  O.  May  of  Greenville. 

The  Aithur  C.  Miller  Pre-Engineering  Scholarship  Fund  was  estab- 
ished  in  1966  during  the  lifetime  of  Mr.  Arthur  C.  Miller  by  the 
irm  of  Michael  Baker,  Jr.,  Inc.,  as  an  honor  to  him  and  now  it 
er\es  as  a  memorial  to  him.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be 
warded  to  a  pre-engineering  student. 

The  Mitchell  Scholarship  was  established  in  1951  by  the  late  Benja- 
nin  Ernest  Mitchell  as  a  memorial  to  his  wife,  Elizabeth  Scott  Mit- 
hell.  Upon  Dr.  Mitchell's  death  in  1964,  the  scholarship  was  re- 
lesignated,  at  the  request  of  his  daughters,  as  a  memorial  to  their 
larents. 

The  J.  L.  Neili  Memorial  Scholarrhip  was  originally  ectablished  in 
950  by  the  Millsaps  Club  of  the  Mississippi  Conference  of  the 
Jnited  Methodist  Church  as  The  Millsaps  Ministerial  Scholarship. 
Vhen  Reverend  Neill  died  in  1972,  the  scholarship  was  renamed  to 
lonor  him.  The  income  is  awarded  each  year  by  the  Awards  Com- 
nittee  to  a  student  preparing  for  fulltime  Christian   service. 

'he  Harvey  T.  Newell,  Jr.,  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  by 
he  friends  of  Mr.  Newell,  a  1933  graduate.  At  the  time  of  his 
ccidental  death  in  1953,  the  prominent  young  business  executive 
/as  on  official  business  in  his  office  as  National  President  of  Pi 
'appa  Alpha  Fraternity. 

'he  Bishop  Edward  J.  Pendergrass  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in 

965    in    honor    of    Bishop    Pendergrass,    a    former    United    Methodist 
iishop  of  the   Jackson   area.   This   fund   was  endowed   by   Mr.    C.    R. 
vidgway  of  Jackson,   Mississippi.    Interest   from   this   fund   will   go  as 
scholarship   to    a    Millsaps    ministerial    student. 

FINANCIAL  AID 


23 


The  Lillian  Emily  Benson  Priddy  Scholarship  was  established  in  1961, 
in  memory  of  Mrs.  Richard  R.  Priddy.  Known  as  the  Lillian  Emily 
Benson  Priddy  Woman's  Christian  Workers  Fund,  yearly  awards  are 
applied  toward  tuition  of  a  young  woman  who  is  training  for  full-time 
Christian  service. 

The  Kelly  Mouzon  Pylant  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  provides  annual 
financial  assistance  to  a  student  preparing  to  enter  the  mission  field 
or  other  area  of  Christian  service.  The  scholarship  fund  was  estab- 
lished by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  J.  Smyly  in  memory  of  Mr.  Pylant,  Mrs. 
Smyly's  former  husband  who  died  in  1 964.  Mouzon  Pylant  was  a 
student  at  Millsaps  in   1929-1930. 

The  R.  S.  Ricketts  Scholarship  was  created  by  Professor  Ricketts'  two 
sons  and  named  for  their  father,  a  long-time  member  of  the  Millsaps 
faculty. 

The  Frank  and  Betty  Robinson  Memorial  Scholarship  was  made  pos- 
sible by  the  bequest  of  Mrs.  Meddie  R.  Cox,  who  during  her  lifetime 
provided  financial  assistance  for  many  Millsaps  students.  The  scholar- 
ship is  in  memory  of  her  parents. 

The  H.  Lowry  Rush,  Sr.,  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1  968  by 
the  membership  of  the  Central  United  Methodist  Church  of  Meridian 
in  honor  of  Dr.  H.  Lowry  Rush,  Sr.,  who  was  a  prominent  physician 
in  the  city  of  Meridian.  Interest  will  be  awarded  annually  to  a 
ministerial  student. 

The  Richard  O.  Rush  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1 968  by 
Richard  O.  Rush  to  help  students  attending  Millsaps  College. 

The  Charles  Christopher  Scott,  III,  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in 
1  967  by  Mrs.  Charles  Christopher  Scott,  Mr.  Frank  T.  Scott,  and  other 
members  of  the  family,  in  memory  of  Charles  Christopher  Scott,    III. 

The  George  W.  Scott,  Jr.,  Scholarship  was  established  by  Mrs.  George 
W.  Scott,  Jr.,  of  Corinth,  in  memory  of  her  husband.  The  scholarship 
will   be  awarded  to  a   ministerial   student. 

The  Reverend  and  Mrs.  Lonnie  M.  Sharp  Scholarship  Fund  was  estab- 
lished in  1966  in  honor  of  the  Reverend  and  Mrs.  Lonnie  M.  Sharp 
of  Forest,  Mississippi.  Income  is  to  be  used  for  scholarships  with 
preference  given  to  ministerial  students. 

The  Albert  Burnell  Shelton  Scholarship  was  established  in  the  fall  of 
1 955  by  Mrs.  A.  B.  Shelton  of  Lambert,  Mississippi,  as  a  memorial 
to  her  late  husband. 

The  William  Sharp  Shipman  Foundation  Scholarship  Fund  was  estab- 
lished in  1964  by  Mr.  Austin  L.  Shipman  in  memory  of  his  father, 
a  minister  of  the  Methodist  Church  for  over  fifty  years.  The  recipient 
is  to  be  a  senior  ministerial  student  chosen  by  the  Advisory  Com- 
mittee of  the  Foundation. 

The  Willie  E.  Smith  Scholarship  was  established  by  Mrs.  Willie  E. 
Smith  in  1951.  Interest  from  the  fund  will  go  to  some  ministerial 
student  selected  by  the  College. 


FINANCIAL  AID 


24 


'he  Dr.  Benjamin  M.  Stevens  Scholarship  Fund  Of  The  Hatfiesburg 
Mstrict  of  The  United  Methodist  Church  was  established  in  1966  by 
ne  membership  of  the  Methodist  churches  in  the  Hattiesburg  District 
1  honor  of  Dr.  Benjamin  M.  Stevens  for  leadership  for  twenty-six 
ears  as  District  Lay  Leader  and  Lay  Leader  in  the  Mississippi  Annual 
:onference.  The  income  from  this  fund  is  to  be  awarded  to  a  student 
f  the  Hattiesburg  District  with  preference  given  to  a  ministerial 
tudent. 

he  E.  B.  Stewart  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1  969 
y  Edward  Stewart  and  friends  in  memory  of  his  father,  E.  B.  Stewart, 
ncome  from  this  fund  is  given  to  students  interested  in  the  study 
nd  development  of  human  relations. 

he  R.  Mason  Strieker  Memorial  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in 
967  by  Dr.  R.  Mason  Strieker.  The  income  from  this  fund  is 
warded  to  worthy  students  in  their  pursuit  of  an  education. 

he  Mike  P.  Sturdivant  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  by  Mr.  Mike 
.  Sturdivant  in  1965.  Interest  from  the  fund  will  go  to  a  worthy 
tudent. 

!he  Sullivan  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in  memory  of  Dr. 
/.  T.  J.  Sullivan  and  in  honor  of  the  late  Dr.  J.  Magruder  Sullivan, 
!)r  forty-five  years  professor  of  Chemistry  and  Geology.  The  scholar- 
iiip  is  awarded  to  ministerial  students.  Mr.  C.  C.  Sullivan,  son  of 
I'r.  J.  M.  Sullivan,  established  the  scholarship  fund  and  is  serving 
j>  a  trustee  of  the  scholarship. 

{he  Sullivan  Geology  Scholarship  was  established  by  gifts  secured  by 
le  late  Dr.  J.  M.  Sullivan.  It  has  been  increased  with  other  gifts 
nee  the  death  of  Dr.  Sullivan  and  has  now  become  the  Sullivan 
leology  Scholarship  in  memory  of  Dr.  J.  Magruder  Sullivan.  The 
bholarship  was  established  to  encourage  students  majoring  in  geology 
3  go  into  the  field  of  geology  teaching.  The  recipient  is  to  be  a 
jnior  or  a  senior  of  Christian  character  and  ambitious  purpose.  Under 
ie  terms  of  the  scholarship,  the  student  selected  may  do  a  year  of 
raduate  work  in  geology. 

I'he  James  Monroe  Wallace,  III,  Scholarship  was  established  by  the 
randparents  and  parents,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  Monroe  Wallace,  Sr., 
nd  Jr.,  of  Como,  Mississippi,  in  memory  of  the  little  boy,  who  died 
hen  he  was  about  five  years  old.  Interest  from  the  fund  provides 
scholarship  to  a   ministerial  student. 

he  W.  H.  Watkins  Scholarship  was  created  to  help  worthy  students 
ith  their  college  expenses. 

he  Milton  Christian  White  Scholarship  was  established  by  Dr.  Milton 
White  during  his  lifetime.  Since  his  death,  the  funds  have  been 
ugmented  by  numerous  friends.  The  recipient  is  to  be  a  major  in 
fie  Department  of  English. 

he  Dennis  E.  Vickers  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in  1959 
y  Mrs.  Robert  Price  (nee  Jessie  Vickers)  and  Miss  Eleanor  Vickers 
s  a  memorial  to  their  father,  the  Reverend  Dennis  E.  Vickers. 
jfreference  is  given  to  students  preparing  for  full-time  church  voca- 
ons. 


FINANCIAL  AID 


25 


Fraternity  Scholarship  Award — The  Pi  Kappa  Alpha  National  Memorial 
Foundation  Scholarship  Award  of  $300  is  given  in  memory  of  Harvey 
T.  Newell,  Jr.,  a  Milisaps  graduate,  who  was  National  President  of 
the  Pi  Kappa  Alpha  Fraternity.  This  scholarship  award  is  to  be  given 
to  a  worthy  fraternity  sophomore  who  is  judged  to  have  Christian 
character,  leadership  qualities,  and  financial  need.  This  award  is 
granted  through  Milisaps  College  in  appreciation  of  its  contribution 
to  the  fraternity  life  of  the  nation. 

The  Galloway  Church  Bible  Class  Scholarship  is  supported  by  several 
Church  School  Classes  of  Galloway  Memorial  United  Methodist  Church, 
Jackson. 

The  Greater  Mississippi  Life  Scholarship  was  established  in  1968  by 
the  Greater  Mississippi  Life  Insurance  Company  of  Meridian,  Missis- 
sippi. Preference  is  given  to  students  majoring  in  business  or  some 
related   field. 

The  Ka[l  Fo^Rdaticn  Scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a  Milisaps 
student.  The  funds  are  provided  by  the  Hall  Foundation  of  Bay  Springs, 
Mississippi,  and  are  awarded  on  the  basis  of  financial  need. 

The  Nellie  Hederi  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in  1967  in  honor 
of  Mrs.  Nellie  Hederi  by  her  friends.  Mrs.  Hederi  has  been  teaching 
at  Milisaps  since    1952. 

The  Joey  Hoff  Memorial  Scholarship  was  established  in   1  963  by  Mr. 

and  Mrs.  Frederick  T.  Hoff  of  Gulfport,  Mississippi,  in  memory  of 
their  son,  Albert  Joseph  Thomas  Hoff. 

The  Albert  L.  and  Florence  O.  Hopkins  Scholarship  was  established  in 
1  949  by  Mr.  Albert  Lafayette  Hopkins  of  Chicago.  Mr.  Hopkins  was 
born   in   Hickory,  Mississippi,  and  entered  Milisaps  College   in    1900. 

The  Jackson  Christian  Education  Association  Scholarship  was  estab- 
lished in  1 967  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  a  student  preparing  for  a 
vocation  in  Christian  education.  Funds  for  this  scholarship  are  derived 
from  the  profits  of  the  Christmas  Basketball  Tournament  sponsored  by 
the  Association. 

The  Jackson  Civitan  Scholarship  has  been  established  by  the  Jackson 
Civitan  Club  and  is  to  be  awarded  to  a  junior  student  on  the  basis 
of  scholastic  standing  and  financial  need. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Kimball  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  by  John 
and  Louise  Kimball.  Funds  are  awarded  to  students  on  the  basis  of 
ability  or  need  or  both. 

The  Panhellenic  Scholarship  was  established  by  the  Panhellenic  Council 
of  Milisaps  College.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  woman  student 
who  is  a  member  of  one  of  the  Greek  organizations. 

The  Teacher   Education   Scholarship  was  established   in    1 957   by   the 

Jackson  Council  of  Parent-Teacher  Associations.  The  purpose  of  this 
scholarship  is  to  encourage  and  assist  juniors  and  seniors  preparing 
to  enter  a   public   school   teaching   career. 


Sponsored 
Scholarships 


FINANCIAL  AID 


26 


Irhe  Unit-ed  Methodist'  Youth  Assistant  Scholarship  was  established 
Juring  the  1957-58  school  session  by  the  Executive  Committee  of 
he  Mississippi  Conference  Methodist  Youth  Fellowship.  The  recipient 
s  selected  by  the  Conference  Council  on  Youth  Ministry.  A  minimum 
)f  four  hours  work  per  week  in  the  department  of  Youth  Ministry 
)f  the  Conference   Program  Council   is   required  of  the   recipient. 

The  Mary  Virginia  Weems  Scholarship  was  established  in  1972  by 
V^r.  and  Mrs.  H.  F.  McCarty,  Jr.,  of  Magee,  Mississippi.  It  honors 
vAiss  Weems  of  Shubuta,  Mississippi. 

The  Dr.  Vernon  Lane  Wharton  Scholarship  Fund  was  established  in 
I  966  in  memory  of  Dr.  Vernon  Lane  Wharton  by  his  former  students 
and  associates. 


The  Coulter  Loan  Fund  was  established  by  the  will  of  Mrs.  B.  L. 
Zoulter.  The  interest  is  lent  without  interest  to  pre-theological 
students  selected  by  a  committee  composed  of  the  President  of 
rhe  College,  the  President  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  and  the  Chair- 
nan  of  the  Department  of  Religion.  Mrs.  Coulter's  father,  Mr.  Robert 
"v^cCraine,  also  willed  property  to  be  added  to  the  endowment. 

Claudine  Curtis  Memorial  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  1963  by  the 
Character  Builders  Sunday  School  Class  of  Capitol  Street  United 
NAethodist  Church  in  Jackson.  Any  deserving  student  is  eligible  to 
participate  in  this  program  if  he  has  a  financial  need. 

The  William  Larkin  Duren  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  honor  of  Dr. 
William  Larkin  Duren,  Sr.,  of  New  Orleans,  Louisiana,  in  1964.  Dr. 
Duren  was  a  distinguished  pastor,  editor,  and  biographer.  He  graduated 
from  Milisaps  College  in  the  class  of  1902.  Any  serious  and  well- 
established  student  with  financial  need  who  has  given  strong  evidence 
of  becoming  a  credit  to  himself  and  to  his  college  is  eligible  to 
participate  in  this  loan  program. 

The  Paul  and  Dee  Faulkner  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  1957  by 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  Paul  Faulkner  of  Jackson.  The  gift  is  made  available 
as  a  loan  to  any  student  or  students  regularly  enrolled  at  Milisaps 
College. 

JThe  Federally  Insured  Loan  Program  is  available  at  MMIsaps  College. 
Under  this  program  the  student  completes  a  federally  insured  appli- 
cation (OE  1154)  and  a  Parents'  Confidential  Statement.  He  sends 
the  PCS  to  the  College  Scholarship  Service  listing  Milisaps  as  the 
recipient.  Then  the  financial  officer  at  Milisaps  will  determine  the 
student's  need  and  recommend  this  need  to  the  student's  lender  (a 
jCredit  union,  bank,  savings  and  loan,  and  any  other  lending  institu- 
tion). If  a  need  is  shown  the  government  will  pay  the  7%  while  the 
student  is  in  school;  if  need  is  not  shown  the  student  must  pay  the 
11%  interest.  It  is  up  to  the  student  to  negotiate  the  loan  with  the 
lender  of  his  choice.  A  student  may  borrow  in  one  academic  year  a 
sum  not  to  exceed  $2500  and  no  more  than  $7500  maximum  for  all 
years  combined.  Repayment  of  the  loan  begins  not  earlier  than  nine 
months  nor  later  than  one  year  after  the  date  of  graduation  or  with- 
drawal  from   school. 


FINANCIAL  AID 


Loan 
Funds 


27 


The  Kenneth  Gilbert  Endowed  Loan  Scholarship  was  established  by 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  T.  A.  Gilbert  of  Meridian,  Mississippi,  as  a  memorial 
to  their  son,  Kenneth,  who  lost  his  life  in  World  War  11.  He  received 
the  B.S.  degree  from  Millsaps  in  1935  and  was  a  member  of  Kappa 
Sigma    fraternity. 

The  Kiwanis  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  1961  by  the  Jackson  Ki- 
wanis  Club.  Any  deserving  junior  or  senior  is  eligible  to  participate 
in  this  program  if  he  has  financial  need.  Loan  applications  should 
be  made  to  the  Awards  Committee  or  the  Administrative  Committee 
of  the  College.  These  committees  will  review  the  application  and 
make   the   final   decision   regarding   the   loan. 

The  Graham  R.  McFarlane  Loan  Scholarship  was  created  by  the  Mc- 
Farlane  family  to  be  used  as  a  loan  without  interest  to  young  people, 
preferably  of  the  Christian  Church,  who  are  going  into  full-time 
religious  work  either  as  ministers  or  directors  of  religious  education 
in  that  denomination.  Graham  was  a  Millsaps  graduate  and  lost  his 
life  in  the  Texas  City  disaster  in  1947.  The  scholarship  will  be  ad- 
ministered by  the  administration  of  the  College  and  the  executive 
secretary  of  the  Christian  Churches  of  the  state. 

The  National  Direct  Student  Loan  Program.  A  student  may  borrow  in 
his  first  two  academic  years  a  total  sum  not  to  exceed  $2500  and 
during  his  undergraduate  course  of  study  a  sum  not  exceeding  $5000. 
Payment  of  the  loan  begins  nine  months  after  the  borrower  has 
completed  or  withdrawn  from  his  higher  education  work  and  will 
be  completed  within  ten  years  and  nine  months.  The  interest  rate 
is  3  %  during  repayment.  Detailed  information  concerning  this  loan 
and  application  forms  can  be  secured  from  the  Director  of  Financial 
Aid  at  Millsaps. 

J.  D.  Slay  Ministerial  Loan  Fund  was  established  in  1966  by  the  Board 
of  Trustees  of  the  J.  D.  Slay  Ministerial  Loan  Fund  to  honor  Dr. 
J.  D.  Slay,  who  has  served  as  a  minister  of  the  Methodist  Church 
for  many  years.  Funds  for  this  program  are  obtained  through  gifts 
and  contributions  made  by  his  many  friends  and  co-workers.  Prefer- 
ence for  these  loans  shall  be  given  to  ministerial  students. 

United  Methodist  Student  Loan  Fund  was  established  by  the  Board  of 
Education  of  the  United  Methodist  Church  and  administered  on  the 
campKJS  by  the  Director  of  Religious  Life  and  Academic  Dean.  Appli- 
cants must  be  members  of  the  United  Methodist  Church,  full-time 
candidates,  wholly  or  partially  self-supporting,  and  must  have  main- 
tained a  grade  average  of  C  during  the  term  immediately  preceding 
application. 

Part-time  Employment  opportunities  exist  on  the  campus  and  in  the 
city  for  students  who  find  it  necessary  to  earn  a  part  of  their  expenses. 
Students  who  want  part-time  work  on  campus  must  apply  through 
the  Awards  Committee.  Students  seeking  employment  off  campus  must 
register  with  the  Office  of  Student  Personnel. 

The  College  Work-Study  Program  is  available  at  Millsaps  College. 
Under  the  terms  of  this  act,  a  College  Work-Study  Program  has  been 
established  from   funds  contributed   by  the   Federal  Government  and 


Additional 
Financial   Aid 
Opportunities 


FINANCIAL  AID 


28 


he  College  for  the  purpose  of  providing  financial  assistance  through 
employment. 

Supplemental  Educational  Opportunity  Grants.  Funds  for  this  program 
are  provided  by  the  Federal  Government.  The  purpose  of  this  program 
is  to  provide  supplemental  grants  to  other  aid  in  order  to  assist  in 
making  available  the  benefits  of  higher  education  to  qualified  stu- 
dents of  exceptional  financial  need,  who  for  lack  of  financial  means  of 
their  own  or  their  families  would  be  unable  to  obtain  an  education 
without  such   aid. 

Basic  Educational  Opportunity  Grant.  This  program  was  established  by 
the  Educational  Amendments  of  1972  and  is  funded  by  the  Federal 
Government.  When  fully  funded,  each  student  is  entitled  each  aca- 
demic year  to  a  grant  of  $1400  less  family  contribution  (method  of 
determining  this  contribution  to  be  set  by  the  Commissioner  of 
jEducation),  or  half  the  college  cost,  whichever  is  less. 


FINANCIAL  AID 


29 


Curriculum 


REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREES 

The  entering  student — particularly  at  the  freshman  level — has  the  option  of  follow 
ing  the  traditional  program  of  requirements,  or  of  following  the  modified  program  c 
requirements  open  to  students  who  successfully  complete  the   Heritage   course.  | 

Traditional  Program.  This  is  traditional  only  in  the  sense  that  it  represents  th 
type  of  program  that  in  recent  decades  has  been  characteristic  of  most  liberal  art 
colleges.  Basically  it  consists  of  a  broad  pattern  of  specific  courses  representative  o 
the  entire  area  of  man's  knowledge.  Its  objective  is  to  provide  the  student  with  a 
least  a  minimum  contact  experience  with  a  broad  pattern  of  disciplines. 

Heritage  Program.  This  program,  an  outgrowth  of  a  comprehensive  curriculun 
review,  was  especially  designed  for  entering  Freshmen.  It  brings  the  resources  anc 
perspectives  of  many  disciplines  into  a  unified  whole,  presenting  the  story  of  Westerr 
Man's  heritage  in  its  many  dimensions.  The  student  still  works  in  the  areas  of  history 
literature,  religion,  philosophy,  fine  arts,  classical  studies,  communication  skills,  etc. 
but  in  the  Heritage  Program  he  approaches  all  of  these  within  an  interdisciplinary  frame- 
work. Lecturers  and  discussion  leaders  come  from  a  variety  of  disciplines.  Students  whc 
complete  the  Heritage  Program  meet  in  part  or  in  full  many  of  the  requirements 
found   in   the  traditional   program. 

The  requirements  are  as  follows: 

1.  Minimum    Requirements   for  All    Degrees: 

Semester   Hours 
Traditional  Heritage) 

Heritage   101-102 —  14 

'English   101-102  or  103-104 6  4 

'English    201-202     6  — 

'History    1 01  -1 02 6  — 

-Foreign  Language — two  years  in  one   language 6-12  6-12 

or 

"Mathematics  103-104  or  1  15-1  16    6-8  6-8 

^Religion     6  3 

Physical    Education                                                                                        2  2 
English   Proficiency   Examination,   given   in   Junior  year 
Comprehensive  Examination   in  major  subject, 
given   in  Senior  year 

2.  Additional   Requirements   for  the   Bachelor  of  Arts   Degree: 

^Behavioral    Science          6  6 

Fine  Arts:  Art,  Music    3  — 

Philosophy    6  3 

"Natural  Science:  Biol.   101-102,   111-112,  or   121-122; 

Chem.    101-102,    or    121-122,    and    123-124;    Geol. 

101-102;    Physics    101-102   or    131-132 6-8  6-8 

Electives    to    total     1 28  1 28 

32  DEGREE   REQUIREMENTS 


3.  Additional  Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Degree: 

''Behavioral  Science,  Fine  Arts,  or  Philosophy        3  — 

"Natural  Science — a  year  course  in  three  of  the 
following   fields: 

Chem.    121-122    and    123-124     8  8 

Biology  111-112  or  121-122    8  8 

Geology    101-102    6  6 

Physics  101-102  or  131-132 6  or  8  6  or  8 

Electives  to  total    1  28  1  28 

4.  Additional   Requirements   for  the   Bachelor  of  Music   Degree: 

"Behavioral   Science          6  6 

"Natural  Science:  Biol.   101-102,  1  1  1 -1  1  2  or  1  21 -1  22; 

Chem.  101-102  or  121-122  and  123-124;  Geol.   101-102; 

Physics    101-102   or    131-132    6  or  8  6  or  8 

Philosophy    6  3 

Non-music    electives     10  13 

Music    Theory    . 24  24 

Music    History    6  6 

Applied    Music     20  20 

Music  electives  to  total 132  132 

5.  Art,  Music,  and   Education   Credit: 

The  maximum  number  of  hours  that  will  be  accepted  in  Art,  Music,  and  Education 
applied  toward  a  B.A.  or  B.S.  degree  is  as  follows:  Art,  twenty-one  hours;  Music,  forty- 
two  hours;   Education,  forty-two  hours. 

6.  Residence   Requirements: 

Cne  year  of  residence  is  required  for  graduation  from  Millsaps,  and  30  of  the  last 
36  hours  of  academic  work  must  be  done  in  residence.  The  two  exceptions  allowed  to 
this  rule  are:  (1)  students  who  have  been  approved  for  the  prescribed  pre-medical 
technologist  program  may  take  the  last  26  hours  at  the  affiliated  institution  and  (2) 
students  leaving  to  enter  graduate  or  professional  school  may  transfer  back  the  final 
18  hours  of  work.  In  this  latter  case,  however,  residence  will  be  required  at  Millsaps 
for  the  second  semester  of  the  Junior  year  and   the  first  semester  of  the   Senior  year. 

Three  summer  sessions  will  be  considered  as  equivalent  to  the  one  year  of  residence 
required. 

7.  English    Proficiency   Requirement: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  each  student  is  required  to  demonstrate  pro- 
ficiency in  English  composition  and  usage  by  passing  an  examination  given  by  the  English 
Department.  It  consists  of  a  500-word  essay  written  extempore  within  two  and  one-half 
hours  on  a  subject  selected  from  a  list  furnished  at  the  examination. 


'Credit  will  not  be  allowed  for  either  History  101-102  or  English  101-102  for  students  completing 
^he  Heritage  101 -1 02/English  103-104  program;  however  students  receiving  credit  in  Heritage 
101-102  may  receive  credit  for  English  201-202,  English  313-314  and  all  courses  in  Fine  Arts, 
Philosophy  and  Religion. 

^If  a  student  has  two  high  school  units  and  continues  the  same   language  in  college,  he   is  required 

to  complete  only  the  foreign    languages  201-202   course    (6   hours). 

'In  the  elementary  education  program,  the  requirement  can  be  met  by  taking  Mathematics   105-106. 

Credit  cannot  be  allowed  for  both   Mathematics   103   and    115. 

'Students   who    have    not    completed    Heritage    101-102    must    take    three    of    the    required    hours    in 

<eligion   in  a  course  dealing  with  the  Biblical  heritage  of  western  culture:  201,   202,  301,  302,  311. 

Ihe   remaining  three  hours  of  the  requirement,   and  the  three   hours   required  of  students  who  have 

:ompleted  Heritage   101-102,  may  be  chosen  from  any  course  offered  by  the  Department  of  Religion. 

'The   Behavioral   Sciences  are:   Economics,    Political    Science,    Psychology   and   Sociology. 

'Yeer  courses  only  are  ^cceptable   toward   meeting    this   requirement. 


DEGREE    REQUIREMENTS  33 

MILLSAP5-WILS0N   UBR\ 
MILLSAPS  COLLEGE 


The  examination   is  given   by  the   English   Department  at   two   stated   times   in   the 
academic  year.  The  regular  administration  is  on  the  second  Thursday  in  November  from 
4    to   6:30   p.m.    in    Sullivan-Harrell    Hall.    A    special    administration    of    the    examination 
is   given   on   the   second   Thursday   in   March   from   4   to   6:30    p.m.    in    Murrah    Hall    to 
seniors  who  hope  to  graduate   but  who   have   not  passed  the   Junior   English   Proficiency 
Examination.   Seniors  who   fail  the  special   examination   and  who   think  they   have   com- 
pelling  cause   may   petition   the   Academic   Dean   for   an   extraordinary   administration   of  I 
the  examination   in  the  Summer  Session   following.    If  the   Dean   grants   the   petition,   hei 
may   also  stipulate   that   the   student   must   audit   English    101-102   during    the   Summer  l 
Session. 

All  rising  juniors,  transfer  students  at  the  junior  and  senior  levels,  and  seniors' 
who  failed  the  examination  in  their  junior  year  must  be  present  for  the  November  ad- I 
ministration  of  the  proficiency  examination.  ' 

] 

Each  student  who  fails  the  examination  in  November  is  assigned  to  a  member] 
of  the  English  Department  for  remedial  instruction.  The  English  Department  offers  the] 
tutorial  work  gladly,  but  the  students  must  avail   themselves  of   it.  { 

8.  Extracurricular  Credits:  I 

A  maximum  of  8  semester  hours  of  extracurricular  credits  may  be  included  in  i 
the  128  semester  hours  required  for  graduation.  Of  these,  2  will  be  required  Physical; 
Education   credits. 

In  addition,  extracurricular  credits  may  be  earned  for  the  following  six  categories, 
no   more  than  one  credit   per  semester   for  any   category: 

1 .  Physical   Education  elective  courses. 

2.  College  publications:   Purple  and  White,  Bobashela,  Stylus. 

3.  College  government:  class  officers,  members  of  the  Student  Senate,  members 
of  the  Judicial  Council,  student  members  of  the  College  Senate,  student  mem- 
bers of  College  Senate  committees. 

4.  Millsaps  Players. 

5.  Musical  activities:  Millsaps  Singers,  Millsaps  Troubadours. 

6.  Intercollegiate  athletics. 

9.  Majors: 

In  addition  to  taking  the  prescribed  work  for  the  degree,  the  student  must  major 
in  one  of  the  following  areas:  Biology,  Chemistry,  Economics,  Accounting,  Administration,; 
Education,  English,  Geology,  German,  History,  Mathematics,  Music,  Philosophy,  Physics, 
Political  Science,  Psychology,  Religion,  Romance  Languages,  Theatre,  Sociology  and  I 
Anthropology.  | 

Specific  requirements  for  the  major  can  be  found  under  the  appropriate  depart- 
ment of   instruction. 

Students  may  be  permitted  to  major  in  a  subject  only  after  careful  consideration 
and  with  the  consent  of  the  head  of  the  department. 

A  major  for  each  student  must  be  approved  by  one  of  the  department  heads  not 
later  than  the  beginning  of  the  junior  year.  Three  cards  will  be  signed  by  the  major 
professor  to  show  approval  of  the  choice  of  a  major;  and  these  cards  will  be  kept  on 
file,  two  in  the  Registrar's  Office,  and  one  with  the  major  professor. 

No  junior  or  senior  registration  will  be  accepted  as  complete  by  the  Registrar's 
Office  without  the  signed  approval  of  the   major  professor. 

34  DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS 


For  failing  to  maintain  a  C  average  or  for  other  good  cause,  a  student  may  change 
his  major  or  be  advised  by  his  major  professor  to  change  his  major  as  late  as  October 
1  of  his  senior  year.  He  must  submit  to  the  Registrar's  Office  on  regular  form 
(obtainable  from  the  Registrar's  Office)  the  express  permission  of  both  the  Dean  and 
the  head  of  the  proposed  new  major  department.  Transfer  credit  will  be  accepted  toward 
a  major  only  with  the  approval   of  the  department. 

10.  Meeting   Requirements  by   Examination: 

In  a  limited  number  of  instances,  a  requirement  may  be  met  partially  or  in  full 
by  a  satisfactory  score  on  an  achievement  test.  Such  tests  are  presently  offered  in 
English  Composition,  Mathematics,  and  the  Romance  languages  during  the  Freshman 
orientation  period.  No  course  credit,  however,  is  awarded  the  student  who  meets  a 
requirement    in    this    fashion. 

11.  Comprehensive   Examinations: 

Before  receiving  a  bachelor's  degree  the  student  must  pass  a  satisfactory  com- 
prehensive examination  in  his  major  field  of  study.  This  examination  is  given  in  the 
Senior  year  and  is  intended  to  cover  subject  matter  greater  in  scope  than  a  single 
course  or  series  of  courses.  The  purpose  of  the  comprehensive  examination  is  to 
coordinate  the  class  work  with  independent  reading  and  thinking  in  such  a  way  as  to 
relate  the  knowledge  acquired  and  give  the  student  a  general  understanding  of  the 
field  which  could  not  be  acquired   from   individual  courses. 

The  comprehensive  examination  requires  at  least  three  hours  and  is  part  written 
and  part  oral,  the  division  of  time  between  the  two  to  be  at  the  discretion  of  the 
members  of  the  department  concerned.  The  oral  examination  will  be  conducted  by  a 
committee  composed  of  members  of  the  department,  and,  if  desired  by  the  department, 
one  or  more  members  of  the  faculty  from  other  departments  or  other  qualified  persons. 

A  student  may  take  the  comprehensive  examination  only  if  the  courses  in  which 
he  has  credit  and  in  which  he  is  currently  enrolled  complete  the  requirements  in  the 
major  department.  He  may  take  the  examination  in  the  spring  semester  if  he  will  be 
within  18  hours  of  graduation  by  the  end  of  that  semester.  The  examination  will  be 
given  in  December  or  January  for  students  who  meet  the  other  requirements  and  who 
will  not  be  in  residence  at  Millsaps  during  the  spring  semester. 

The  time  of  the  comprehensive   examination  given    in   the   spring   semester   is   the 

last  week  in  April  of  each  year.  Comprehensive  examinations  will   not  be  given   during 

the  summer  except  by  permission  of  the  Dean.  Those  who  fail  a  comprehensive  exami- 

i  nation   may   have   an   opportunity   to   take   another   examination   after   the    lapse   of   two 

'  months.  Additional  examinations  may  be  taken  at  the  discretion  of  the  chairman  of  the 

i  student's  major  department  with  the  consent  of  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty. 

12.  Quality   index   Required: 

j  A   minimum   of   240   quality    points    is    required    for   the    B.A.    and    B.S.    degrees; 

248   for  the   B.M.   degree.   An   over-all   quality   point   index  of   2.00    is   required   of   all 
I  students.  The  index  is  always  calculated  on  total  number  of  academic  hours  attempted; 

however,   an   exception   to   the    rule   of   hours   attempted    is   allowed    in    instances    where 

courses  are   repeated  at  Millsaps  beginning   with   the   second  semester  of   the  academic 

year   1972-73   and  thereafter  for  purposes  of  raising  grades. 

13.  Application   for  a   Degree: 

Each  student  who  is  a  candidate  for  a  degree  is  required  to  submit  a  written 
application  for  the  degree  by  November  1  of  the  academic  year  of  his  graduation.  This 
date  will  apply  also  to  students  who  plan  to  complete  their  work  in  summer  school. 
Forms  for  degree  applications  are  to  be  secured  and  filed  in  the  Registrar's  Office. 

DEGREE  REQUIREMENTS  35 


14.   Requirements  for  Second   Degree: 

In  order  to  earn  a  second  degree  from  Millsaps  College  a  student  must  have  thirty 
additional  semester  hours  of  work  beyond  the  128  semester  hours  required  for  the 
first  degree  and  these  additional  hours  must  include  all  of  the  requirements  for  both' 
the  second  degree  and  the  second  major. 

COURSES  REQUIRED  FOR  REGULAR  STUDENTS 

A  regular  student  will  be  required  to  enroll  in  English  each  year  until  he  has 
satisfied  the  degree  requirement  in  that  subject.  In  addition  he  has  a  choice  of  enrolling 
in  either  mathematics  or  a  foreign  language  until  he  has  satisfied  the  degree  requirement 
in  or»e  or  the  other  of  these  disciplines.  These  general  rules  do  not  apply  to  the 
summer  session,  nor  do  they  apply  to  students  entering  the  second  semester  if  the  ap- 
propriate courses  are  not  offered  at  that  time. 


36  DEGREE  PROGRAMS 


SUGGESTED  DEGREE  PROGRAMS 


B.A.  DEGREE 


TRADITIONAL 
Freshmen: 

English    101-102    6  hr. 

foreign  Language  or 

^'Mathematics   103-104    6   hr. 

History   101-102  or  Science    ...    6   hr. 

Physical  Education 2   hr. 

Elective 12   hr. 

Sophomores: 

English    201-202    6  hr. 

'Foreign  Language 6   hr. 

History  101-102  or  Science    ....    6  hr. 
Elective 1 2  or  18  hr. 

Juniors  and   Seniors: 

Philosophy      6   hr. 

Religion     6   hr. 

Behavioral  Sciences 6   hr. 

Fine   Arts     3    hr. 

Major  Subject 
Elective 


HERITAGE 
Freshmen: 

English    103-104    4  hr. 

'Foreign  Language  or 

^Mathematics   103-104    6  hr. 

Heritage  101-102 14  hr. 

Physical    Education    2  hr. 

Elective     6  hr. 

Sophomores : 

'Foreign  Language 6  hr. 

Science    6  hr. 

Behavioral  Science 6  hr. 

Elective    1 2  or  1  8  hr. 

Juniors  and   Seniors: 

Philosophy     '.....    3   hr. 

Religion     3   hr. 

Major  Subject 
Elective 


B.S.  DEGREE 


TRADITIONAL 
Freshmen: 

English    101-102    6  hr. 

Mathematics  1  1  5-1  16  or 

'Foreign  Language 8  or  6  hr. 

Science    6  hr. 

Science  or  History  101-102    ....    6  hr. 

Physical    Education    2  hr. 

Elective    6  or  8  hr. 

Sophomores : 

English    201-202     6  hr. 

'Foreign  Language 6  hr. 

History   101-102  or  Science    ....    6  hr. 

Elective    12   or    18  hr. 

Juniors  and   Seniors: 

Science      6   hr. 

Religion     6   hr. 

Behavioral    Science,    Philosophy, 

or    Fine    Arts     3   hr. 

Major  Subject 
Elective 


HERITAGE 
Freshmen: 

English    103-104    4  hr. 

Mathematics  115-116  or 

'Foreign   Language    8  or  6   hr. 

Heritage  101-102 14  hr. 

Science    6  or  8  hr. 

Physical    Education    2  hr. 

Sophomores: 

'Foreign  Language 6   hr. 

Science    6  hr. 

Elective    1  8  or  24  hr. 

Juniors   and   Seniors: 

Science    6   hr. 

Religion     3    hr. 

Major  Subject 
Elective 


DEGREE   PROGRAMS 


37 


B.M.   DEGREE 


TRADITIONAL 
Freshmen: 

English    101-102    6   hr. 

^Foreign    Language  or 

Mathematics    103-104     6   hr. 

Music    101-102    8   hr. 

Music   251-252    4   hr. 

Applied  Mus.   Maj 4   hr. 

Applied  Keyboard   (voice 

major)      "...  2   hr. 

Physical    Education 2   hr. 

Elective     hr. 

Ssphomore: 

English    201-202    6  hr. 

Foreign     Language     6  hr. 

History   101-102  or 

Science         6  hr. 

Music   201-202    8  hr. 

Applied   Music   Major    4  hr. 

Applied  Keyboard   (voice 

major)      2  hr. 

Elective       hr. 

Junior  and  Senior: 

Philosophy               6  hr. 

Religion  201-202      6  hr. 

History  101-102  or 

Science         6  hr. 

Behavioral     Science      6  hr. 

Music  303-304      8  hr. 

Music    381-382                   6  hr. 

Applied   Music   Major    14  hr. 

Applied  Keyboard   (voice 

major)      4  hr. 

Electives     hr. 

Recitals     


HERITAGE 
Freshmen: 

English    103-104 4   hr. 

Heritage    101-102    14   hr. 

'Foreign  Language  or 

Mathematics    103-104    6   hr. 

Music    101-102     8   hr. 

Applied   Music   Major    4   hr. 

Applied   Keyboard    (voice 

major)      2   hr. 


Sophomore: 

Foreign     Language     6  hr. 

Music    201-202    8  hr. 

Music   251-252    4  hr. 

Applied   Music   Major    8  hr. 

Applied  Keyboard   (voice 

major)  2  hr. 

Physical  Education 2  hr. 

Elective    6   or  8  hr. 


Junior  and  Senior: 

Philosopy     3 

Religion     3 

Science         6 

Behavioral  Science 6 

Music    303-304    8 

Music   381-382    6 

Applied    Music    Major     14   hr 

Applied    Keyboard    (voice 

major)      4    hr 

Electives      hr 

Recitals 


38  DEGREE   PROGRAMS 


B.A.   DEGREE  —  MUSIC 


APPLIED   MUSIC 
Freshmen : 

English    101-102     6  hr. 

'Foreign   Language  or 

Mathematics    103-104    6  hr. 

Music    101-102     8  hr. 

Music    251-252       4  hr. 

Applied    Mus.    Maj 4  hr. 

Applied  Keyboard    (voice 

major)           2  hr. 

Physical    Education     2  hr. 

Elective     hr. 


MUSIC   EDUCATION 
Freshmen: 

English    101-102    6  hr. 

-Mathematics  or 

Foreign     Language     6   hr. 

Music    101-102    8   hr. 

Music   251-252    4   hr. 

Applied   Music   Major    4   hr. 

Applied    Keyboard 

(voice    major)      2   hr. 

Physical    Ed 2   hr. 

Elective  hr. 


Sophomore: 

English    201-202     6  hr. 

Foreign    Language     6  hr. 

History   101-102  or 

Science         6  hr. 

Music   201-202    8  hr. 

Applied  Music   Major    4  hr. 

Applied  Keyboard   (voice 

major)      2  hr. 

Elective     hr. 


Sophomore: 

English    201-202       6    hr. 

History    101-102   or 

Science    6   hr. 

Natural   Science 

or    Foreign    Language    6   hr. 

Music     201-202     8   hr. 

Applied    Music    Major     4   hr. 

Applied    Keyboard 

(voice    major)      2   hr. 

Elective  hr. 


Junior  and  Senior: 

Philosophy      6  hr. 

Religion        6  hr. 

History   101-102  or 

Science         6  hr. 

Behavioral    Science    6  hr. 

Music     381-382     6  hr. 

Applied   Music   Major    12  hr. 

Applied  Keyboard   (voice 

major)      4  hr. 

Electives      hr. 

Recital     


Junior   and   Senior: 

Applied   Music   Major    -.  .  .  .  4  h 

Applied   Keyboard    2  h 

Behavioral    Science     6  h 

Philosophy  6  h 

Speech          3  h 

Religion           6  h 

Educ.    352    (Pschy)     3  h 

Conducting    341 3  h 

Applied   Music   Major    12  h 

Applied    Keyboard    (voice)     4  hi 

Music    381-382    ....     6  h 

Music    335    Methods     3  h 

Music   452   Sup.   Teach 6  h 

Music    342    Ensem 3  h 

Ed.    207          3  h 

Ed.    372    3  h 

Recital     


'If    foreign    language    is    chosen    for    the    degree    requirements,    the    student    must    earn    6    hrs.    of 

201-202  credit.  See  page  37. 

2|n  certain   programs  specific   mathematics   courses  are   required. 


DEGREE   PROGRAMS 


39 


PRE-MEDICAL  AND   PRE-DENTAL 

It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students  to  consult  the 
catalogs  of  the  schools  to  which  they  wish  to  apply  for  their  specific  requirements. 
The  following  courses  are  required  by  many  medical  and  dental  schools. 

Biology    121-122    8   hr.  Mathematics    115-116    8   hr. 

Chemistry    121-123,     122-124     .    8hr.  Physics  101 -1 02  and  1  51 -1  52   .  .    8hr. 

Chemistry  231-233,  232-234    .  .  1  0   hr.  or 

English    101-102    6   hr.  1  31 -1  32  and  1  51 -1  52     1 0  hr. 

The  student  is  urged  to  consult  with  a  member  of  the  Pre-medical  Advisory 
Committee  (Berry,  Galloway,  Keys,  McKeown)  in  designing  a  program  of  courses  that 
will  fit  his  particular  needs,  background,  and  interest. 

Millsaps  College  and  many  medical  and  dental  schools  strongly  recommend  that 
the  student  obtain  a  baccalaureate  degree  in  an  area  of  his  interest.  This  catalog  should 
be  consulted  elsewhere  for  the  exact  major  and  degree  requirements.  Millsaps  and 
most  medical  and  dental  schools  also  strongly  recommend  that  the  student  develop  a 
sound  background  in  the  humanities  and  social  sciences. 

The  student  should  remember  that  the  requirements  listed  in  a  medical  or  dental 
school  catalog  are  minimal  but  that  he  should  give  himself  maximum  preparation. 
In  general,  the  student  who  is  weak  in  some  science,  as  shown  by  his  performance  in 
his  introductory  college  courses,  is  urged  to  take  further  work  in  that  science  to 
prepare  himself  adequately.  The  student  should  also  utilize  his  limited  time  in  taking 
courses  that  will  not  be  available  during  his  professional  training.  The  following  courses 
are  recommended  as  electives  by  many  medical  and  dental  schools. 

Biology  (251-252,381,391  or  315) 

Chemistry  (251-253,  264-266  or  363-365,  364-366) 

English  (201-202) 

Economics  and  Business  Administration 

Foreign  Language  (reading  knowledge) 

History  (101-102) 

Mathematics  (223-224  or  225-226) 

Philosophy 

Physics  (301,  306,  31  1 ,  31  5,  or  31  6) 

Psychology 

Sociology 

The  Heritage  Program  (see  page  32)  .  This  program  gives  the  student  a  more 
flexible  schedule  and  time  to  take  additional  courses  of  his  interest  and  need. 

PRE-SEMINARY 

Students  planning  professional  careers  in  the  church  should  plan  to  attain  the 
appropriate  professional  degree  from  a  theological  seminary,  and  should  seek  a  broad 
undergraduate  liberal  arts  basis  as  preparation  for  their  professional  education.  Foreign 
language  should  be  chosen  as  a  degree  requirement:  (German,  Greek,  or  Latin  will 
provide  the   best  preparation  for  seminary  education. 

Pre-seminary  students  should  consider  majors  in  Religion,  Ancient  Languages, 
English,  History,  Philosophy,  Psychology,  or  Sociology.  Whatever  major  is  chosen,  such 
students  should  plan  at   least  eighteen  hours  of  work  in  Religion. 

Students  planning  to  work  as  Directors  of  Christian  Education  should  consider 
the  same  choice  of  majors,  and  should  also  take  a  minimum  of  eighteen  hours  of  work 
in  Religion,  including  Religion  252  (The  Educational  Work  of  the  Church).  In  addi- 
tion, they  should  plan  considerable  work  in  courses  in  Psychology  and  Education,  and 
should  consult  the  adviser  to  Pre-Mlnisterial  students  for  specific  suggestions. 

40  DEGREE  PROGRAMS 


Some  students  planning  work  in  Christian  Education  may  wish  to  combine  their 
undergraduate  preparation  for  theological  seminary  work  with  a  major  in  elementary 
education  or  a  program  looking  toward  certification  for  secondary  school  teaching. 
If  one  of  these  courses  is  chosen  the  appropriate  adviser  in  the  Department  of  Education 
should  be  consulted,  as  well  as  the  adviser  to  Pre-Ministerial  students.  Requirements 
for  teacher  certification  are  quite  extensive,  and  the  student  must  plan  a  program 
which  will  cover  these  requirements  while  allowing  a  minimum  of  twelve  hours  work 
in   Religion,   including   Religion  252. 

All  students  planning  professional  careers  in  the  church  are  urged  to  consult  with 
the  adviser  to  Pre-Ministerial  students  in  planning  a  program  to  fill  out  the  basic 
sequences  suggested  below,  and  one  which  will  fit  their  individual  needs  and  interests 
while  preparing  them  for  their  professional  education  in  a  theological  seminary.  Pre- 
Ministerral  students  should  be  in  contact  with  their  District  Superintendent  and 
Conference  Board  of  Ministry,  and  students  planning  work  in  Christian  Education 
with  their  Conference  Board  of  Education.  Such  students  who  are  not  Methodist  should 
contact  the  appropriate  official  or  committee  of  their  own  denomination. 


HERITAGE 

Freshmen: 

Heritage    101-102    14   hr. 

English    103-104    4   hr. 

Foreign   Language    6   hr. 

Psychology  202 3   hr. 

Physical  Education   101-102    ....  2   hr. 

Elective                     3    hr. 

Sophomores: 

Religion  201  -202 6   hr. 

Philosophy         6    hr. 

Foreign   Language 6   hr. 

Science    6   hr. 

Elective     6  hr. 

(Speech,  Psychology, 
Sociology) 

Juniors   and   Seniors: 

Religion     12   hr. 

Philosophy        6   hr. 

Major  and   Electives    42   hr. 


TRADITIONAL 

Freshmen: 

English    101-102    6  hr. 

History    101-102    6  hr. 

Foreign   Language    6  hr. 

Science    6  hr. 

Psychology  202 3  hr. 

Physical  Education  101-102  2  hr. 

Elective 3  hr. 

Sophomores: 

English    201-202    6  hr. 

Religion    201-202     6  hr. 

Foreign   Language         6  hr. 

Philosophy         6  hr. 

Elective        6  hr. 

(Speech,    Psychology, 
Sociology) 

Juniors   and   Seniors: 

Religion     12  hr. 

Philosophy      6  hr. 

Art  or  Music 3  hr. 

Major   and    Electives    39  hr. 


PRE-LAW 

No   particular   major   or   sequence    of   courses    is    necessary   for    students    planning 
to   go  to   law  school;    there    is   no    ideal    pre-law   program   for   all    students.   To   do   well 
in  the  study  of  law,  a  student  should  possess 
H         (a)    ability  to  communicate  effectively  and   precisely; 

(b)  critical    understanding   of   the   human    institutions   with    which    the    law    deals; 

(c)  creative   power  in  thinking. 

Different  students  may  obtain  the  desired  training  in  these  three  areas  from  different 
courses.  Therefore,  the  student  should  consult  with  his  faculty  or  major  adviser  and 
with  the  pre-law  adviser  in  designing  a  program  of  courses  that  will  best  fit  his 
particular  needs,  background,  and  interests.  The  student  with  a  pre-law  interest  should 
consult  the  pre-law  adviser,  Mr.   Adams,   from  time  to  time. 


DEGREE   PROGRAMS 


41 


PRE-SOCIAL  WORK 

Students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  a  professional  career  in  Social  Work  should 
plan  a  broad  liberal  arts  program  with  a  major  in  one  of  the  social  sciences.  Because 
of  the  widely  varied  opportunities  in  this  field,  no  specific  schedule  of  courses  is 
recommended  for  the  Junior  and  Senior  years.  Instead,  each  student  is  urged  to  consult 
with  his  faculty  adviser  to  plan  a  schedule. 

EDUCATIONAL  CERTIFICATION   PROGRAMS 

TEACHER   EDUCATION 

A  placement  bureau  for  teachers  is  maintained  under  the  direction  of  the  De- 
partment of  Education.  It  seeks  to  further  the  interests  of  teachers  educated  at  Millsaps 
College  and  to  be  of  service  to  school  officials  who  wish  to  secure  able  teachers. 

Millsaps  offers  a  major  in  elementary  education  at  two  levels:  kindergarten  through 
the  third  grade;   fourth   through  the  eighth  grade. 

A  major  in  secondary  education  is  not  offered;  the  student  desirous  of  secondary 
certification  is  required  to  major  in  some  department  other  than  Education.  For  endorse- 
ment to  teach,  the  student  must  take  certain  specified  courses  in  general  education, 
specified  courses   in  his  major  field,  and  specified  courses   in   Education. 

State  requirements  for  teaching  certificates  are  quite  detailed  and  specific,  and 
students  must  take  the  exact  courses  specified.  It  is  the  responsibility  of  the  student 
at  both  the  elementary  and  secondary  levels  to  coordinate  courses  for  certification  to 
teach   with    requirements   for   graduation   from   Millsaps   outlined   on    pages    32   and    33. 

At  all  levels  students  have  an  opportunity  to  do  laboratory  work  in  both  public 
and  private  schools. 

The  courses  listed  below  are  specific  courses  required  to  qualify  for  the  Class  A 
Elementary   Certificate   and   the   Class   A   Secondary   Certificate. 

ELEMENTARY   EDUCATION   PROGRAM 

a.  Minimum   general   education   requirements   for   certification    in   grades    K-3    and   4-8 
are   as   follows:  Sem.    Hrs. 

English     12 

Science  12 

Biological  Science 6  sem.  hrs. 

Physical  Science    (earth  science,  chemistry,   physics, 

astronomy,  geology,  space  science,  etc.)     6  sem.   hrs. 

Social   Studies 12 

American  or  World   History 6  sem.   hrs. 

Child   or   Adolescent   Psychology  3 

Educational     Psychology     3 

Mathematics  6 

The  structure  of  the  real  number  system 

and  its  sub-systems 3  sem.  hrs. 

Basic  Concepts  of  Algebra  and   Informal  Geometry    3   sem.   hrs. 

Personal  Hygiene 3 

Speech  3 

Total    .  • 48" 

b.  Specialized  and  Professional  Education  in  Grades  K-3: 

Child   Psychology         3 

Educational    Psychology    3 

Measurement  and  Evaluation 3 

Math  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

Reading  in  the  Elementary  School    6 

42  DEGREE   PROGRAMS 


Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School    (including  its 

nature  and  structure)     3 

Literature  K-3    3 

Science  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School    3 

Music  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

Art  in  the   Elementary  School    3 

Early  Childhood  Education    3 

Student    Teaching      6 

c.  One  area  of  concentration   selected   from  the   following   list  will   be   obtained:    (This 
area  may  include  the  hours  earned  in  general  education  and  specialized  education.) 

English    (English  397  is  required  for  this  concentration)     18 

Science    (Education  320  will  count  toward  this  concentration)     18 

Social   Studies    (Credit   in   philosophy,   psychology,   or   religion   will    not   be 

accepted  toward  this  concentration;  however.  Education  321    is  accept- 
able)     18 

Mathematics     (Education    211    will   count   toward   this   concentration)  12 

Library    Science  15 

Reading  12 

Speech  12 

Art     15 

Music    (Credit  in  choir  will  not  count  toward  this  concentration)     12 

Health  and   Physical   Education    (Credit   in   activity  courses  will   not  count 

toward   this   concentration)     15 

Exceptional   Children    12 

d.  Specialized  and   Professional   Education   in  Grades  4-8: 

Adolescent  Psychology 3 

Educational    Psychology    3 

Measurement  and  Evaluation    3 

Math  in  the  Elementary  School    .  .    3 

Reading  in  the  Elementary  School    (including  its 

nature     and     structure)      6 

Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School    (including   its 

nature  and  structure)     3 

Literature  4-Junior  High   School    3 

Science  in  the  Elementary  School    . 3 

Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School 3 

Music   in  the   Elementary  School    3 

Art  in   the   Elementary  School    3 

Principles  of  Elementary  Education    3 

Student    Teaching      6 

e.  Two   areas   of   concentration   selected   from    the    previously    enumerated    list    will    be 
attained. 

SECONDARY   EDUCATION   PROGRAM 

Sem.    Hrs. 

English      12 

Fine  Arts    (Any  course  in  art  or  music  will  meet  this  requirement.)     3 

Personal  Hygiene 3 

Science     12 

6  sem.  hours  in  biological  science 

6  sem.  hours  in  physical  science 

Mathematics     3 

Social    Studies     12 


L 


DEGREE    PROGRAMS  43 


American  or  World  History  or  both    6  sem.  hr. 

Adolescent  Psychology    3 

Educational    Psychology    3 

Speech     3 

Professional  Education:  Sem.   Hrs. 

a.  Educational    Psychology    3 

b.  Human  Growth  and  Development  or  Adolescent  Psychology    3 

c.  Principles  of  Teaching  in  High  School    3 

d.  Secondary  Methods  Course  Related  to  Teaching  Field 3 

*e.     Directed  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  Field    _6 

Total    18 

Specific   courses   which    must   be    included   for  certification    in   a   major   field    are: 

English 

English  301  or  302,  365  or  366  or  350,  397.  Thirty  semester  hours  are  required 
for  endorsement,  of  which  three  hours  may  be  in  Speech. 

Foreign    Language 

Completion  of  the  major  requirements  in  any  language  will  more  than  satisfy 
the  requirements  for  teaching  that  language.  It  is  recommended  that  the  student 
also  take  two  years  of  a  second  language. 

Mathematics  ] 

Twenty-four  semester  hours  are  required  for  endorsement.  Fifteen  hours  must 
include  Algebra,  Trigonometry,  Analytic  Geometry,  and  Calculus,  six  hours  of 
which  must  be  in  Calculus.  Nine  hours  must  include  two  of  the  following  areas: 
Abstract  Algebra,  Modern  Geometry,  Foundations  of  Mathematics,  Probability,  and 
Statistics. 

Music 

Students  planning  to  teach  Music  in  the  public  schools  should  follow  the  sug- 
gested Music  Education  curriculum  on  page  38. 

Science 

Biological  Science: 

32  semester  hours  in  science,  including  16  semester  or  24  quarter  hours  in 
biology,  including  botany  and  zoology 

Chemistry: 

32  semester  hours  in  science  including   16  semester  hours  in  chemistry 

Physics : 

32  semester  hours  in  science  including   16  semester  hours  in  physics 

Earth  Science: 

32  semester  hours  in  science,  with  a  minimum  of  16  semester  hours  in  earth 
sciences,    (Geology,  Meteorology,  Astronomy) 

General   Science: 

32  semester  hours  in  any  sciences.  An  endorsement  to  teach  General  Science  must 
include  the  following:  ^^        u 

Earth  and  Space  Science 3 

Chemistry     3 

Physics     3 

Combined  Science  (biology,  chemistry,  and  physics)  : 

Biological   Science    (including    Botany)     16 

'■'Three  years  of  teaching  experience  in  the  secondary  field  (grades  7-12)  may  be 
substituted  in  lieu  of  Directed  Teaching,  but  the  applicant  must  have  a  total  of  18 
semester  hours  of  professional  education. 

44  DEGREE  PROGRAMS 


Chemistry     16 

Physics     16 

(A  maximum  of  8  semester  hours  in  mathematics  may  be  applied  toward  meeting 
the  endorsement  requirement  in  physics.) 

Social  Studies 

Forty-five  hours  are  required  for  endorsement,  exclusive  of  Religion,  Psychology, 
or  Philosophy.  History  101-102  or  Heritage  201-202;  History  308;  three  hours 
in  Sociology  and  six  hours  each  in  Economics,  Political  Science,  and  Geography. 
Electives  should  be  chosen  to  apply  toward  a  major  in  History,  Economics,  Soci- 
ology, or  Political  Science. 

Speech 

Twenty-four  semester  hours.  A  maximum  of  6  semester  hours  will  be  accepted 
from  English.  Other  courses  to  include: 

Sem.    Hrs. 

Speech  Fundamentals 3 

Public  Speaking    3 

Oral    Interpretation     3 

Dramatics     3 

Electives     12 

Total    24 

COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 

ENGINEERING 

This  program  at  Millsaps  offers  many  opportunities  for  the  student  interested  in 
engineering. 

3-2  Engineering  B.S.  Program:  At  present  we  have  arrangements  with  three  engin- 
eering schools — Columbia  University,  Georgia  Tech,  and  Vanderbilt  University — by 
which  a  student  may  attend  Millsaps  for  three  years  for  a  total  of  104  hours  or  more 
and  then  continue  his  work  at  any  of  the  three  schools  listed  above,  transferring  back 
24  hours  or  less  for  a  B.S.  degree  from  Millsaps  and  at  the  end  of  the  fifth  year  receive 
his  engineering  degree  from  the  engineering  school. 

4-2  Master's  Program  in  Engineering:  Columbia  University  also  has  a  4-2  program 
in  which  a  student  attends  Millsaps  for  four  years  completing  his  degree  requirements 
and  then  spends  two  more  years  at  Columbia  to  obtain  a  Master's  degree  in  Engineering. 

The  Combined  Plan  Program  offers  degrees  in  Aerospace  Science  and  Engineering, 
Civil  Engineering,  Computer  Science,  Electrical  Engineering,  Engineering  Mechanics, 
Environmental  Science  and  Engineering,  Industrial  and  Management  Engineering,  Me- 
chanical Engineering,  Mining  Engineering,  Nuclear  Engineering,  Ocean  Engineering,  Ap- 
plied Geophysics,  Engineering  Mathematics,  Applied  Physics,  Flight  Science,  Materials 
Science,  Operations  Research,  Plasma  Physics,  Solid  State  Science,  Bioengineering,  Chemi- 
cal Engineering,  Chemical  Metallurgy,  Metallurgical  Engineering,  Mineral  Engineering, 
Engineering  Biology,  Applied  Chemistry,  and  Materials  Science. 

The  Dual  Degree  Program  of  Georgia  Institute  of  Technology  offers  degrees  in 
[Aerospace,  Ceramic,  Chemical,  Civil,  Electrical,  Industrial,  Mechanical,  Nuclear,  and 
Textile  Engineering.  In  addition,  degrees  are  offered  in  Economic  Systems,  Engineering 
Science,  Textile  Chemistry,  Textiles,  Applied  Biology,  Chemistry,  Information  and  Com- 
puter Science,  Applied  Mathematics,  Physics,  Applied  Psychology,  Behavioral  Manage- 
ment, Economics,  General  Management,  Industrial  Management,  and  Management 
Science. 

Vanderbilt  University  offers  Bachelor  of  Engineering  degrees  in  Chemical,  Civil, 
Electrical,  and  Mechanical  Engineering. 

COOPERATIVE   PROGRAMS  45 


Below  is  a  course  of  study  based  on  the  traditional  program  of  requirements 
leading  to  the  degrees  listed  above.  Students  who  elect  the  Heritage  program  should 
consult  with  their  program  adviser.  The  courses  will  be  the  same  for  all  degrees  at 
the  three  schools  with  the  exception  of  Chemical  Engineering.  The  substitute  courses  for 
this  program  are  also   listed  below. 

For  further  information  on  these  programs,  write  to  Chairman,  Mathematics  De- 
partment, Millsaps  College.  I 

i 
Freshmen: 

Mathematics  115-116 8   hours 

Chemistry    121-122,    123-124    8 

English   101-102    6 

Modem  Foreign  Language    6 

Behavioral  Science,  Fine  Arts,  or  Philosophy 3  I 

Physical  Education    2 

33    hours 
Sophomores: 

Mathematics    225-226     10  hours 

Physics  131-132*    8 

English    201  -202     6 

History   101-102 6 

Modern  Foreign  Language    6 

36  hours 
Juniors: 

Mathematics    325-326     6  hours 

Mathematics    351     3 

Physics  331-336**    6 

Biology   101-102  or  Geology  101-102 6 

Religion  6 

Electives  and  Major  Subject    8 

Three  year   total — 104   hours.  35   hours 


I 


SUBSTITUTE   REQUIREMENTS  FOR  A   B.S.   IN   CHEMICAL 
ENGINEERING  AT  COLUMBIA 

Chemistry  354-356   (Analytic  II)  *    4   hours 

Chemistry  23 1  -233,   232-234*    10 

Chemistry  363-365,  364-366*   8 

MEDICAL  TECHNOLOGY 

Millsaps  College  offers  a  three  year  program  for  those  who  plan  to  enter  schools 
of  medical  technology.  This  college  work  includes  not  only  the  necessary  science  and 
mathematics  courses,  but  also  courses  in  history,  fine  arts,  sociology,  composition, 
literature,  and  other  courses  which  insure  a  liberal  arts  experience  for  premedical 
technology  students. 

Millsaps  College  maintains  a  formal  affiliation  with  several  schools  of  medical 
technology  which  are  approved  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  and  Hospitals 
of  the  American  Medical  Association.  This  is  the  only  qualifying  board  recognized  by 
the  American  Medical  Association,  the  American  Society  of  Clinical  Pathologists,  the 
American  Colleges  of  Surgeons,  the  American  Hospital  Association  and  other  authorita- 
tive medical   groups. 

'Required  of  Chemistry  majors  at  Millsaps  and  can  be  taken  as  Major  Subject. 
**When  offered.  Not  required  for  a  B.S.  in  Chemical  Engineering  at  Columbia  University. 

46  COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 


The  medical  technology  student  is  expected  to  spend  the  first  three  years  at 
Millsaps  College  (or  transfer  here  from  another  recognized  college,  with  at  least  the 
third  year  spent  in  residence  here)  and  the  senior  year  at  the  approved  hospital.  The 
student  must  complete  the  general  requirements  for  the  B.S.  degree  with  a  major  in 
Biology,  by  taking  the  courses  outlined  below. 

Students  enrolled  in  approved  schools  of  medical  technology  may  transfer  back 
the  final  26  hours  of  work.  The  courses  required  for  registry  are  accepted  as  com- 
pleting the  requirements  of  1  28  semester  hours  for  graduation.  A  satisfactory  grade  on 
the  national  registry  examination  is  accepted  in  lieu  of  the  departmental  comprehensive 
oral  examination.  The  B.S.  degree  is  awarded  at  the  first  commencement  exercise 
following  the  completion  of  the  medical  technology  training  and  passing  the  national 
registry  examination. 

Medical  technology  students  who  wish  to  complete  four  years  of  college  may 
secure  the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree  before  entering  an  approved  school  of  medical  technology. 

Freshman  Year 

First  Semester  Second  Semester 

English   101    3    hrs.  English   1 02 3    hrs. 

Mathematics  115 4   hrs.  Mathematics    116     4   hrs. 

Biology  121       4   hrs.  Biology    1 22     4   hrs. 

Chemistry    121    &    123    4   hrs.  Chemistry   1 22  &  1 24 4   hrs. 

Physical    Education     1    hr.  Physical    Education     1    hr. 

T6  hrs.  T6   hrs. 

Sophomore   Year 

First  Semester  Second   Semester 

English    201      3  hrs.  English    202     3  hrs. 

Physics  101    3  hrs.  Physics  1 02 3  hrs. 

History    101      3  hrs.  History    102     3  hrs. 

Biology    251     5  hrs.  Biology    252     5  hrs. 

Biology  235 4  hrs.  Biology  112 4  hrs. 

I  TS  hrs.  TS  hrs. 

Junior  Year 

First  Semester  Second  Semester 

Biology    381     4  hrs.             Biology    391      4   hrs. 

Biology   491     1  hr.               Biology   492     1    hr. 

Religion 3  hrs.             Religion 3   hrs. 

Chemistry  231   &  233    5  hrs.             Chemistry   232  Gr   234    5   hrs. 

Behavioral  Science,  Fine                                           Elective    5  hrs. 

Arts,  or   Philosophy    3  hrs.  "pg   j,— 

T6  hrs. 

MEDICAL  RECORD  LIBRARIAN 

Students  may  obtain  baccalaureate  degree  training  in  the  Medical  Record  Librar- 
ian Program  at  Millsaps  College  and  at  an  approved  institution.  The  correlated  program 
of  instruction  covers  each  phase  of  medical   record  practice. 

Millsaps  College  maintains  affiliations  with  institutions  with  certificate  training 
in  medical  record  practice  which  are  approved  by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  and 
Hospitals  of  the  American  Medical  Association  and  the  American  Medical  Record 
Association. 

The  medical  record  librarian  student  is  expected  to  spend  the  first  three  years 
at  Millsaps  College  (or  transfer  here  from  another  recognized  college,  with  at  least 
the  third  year  spent  in  residence  here)    and  the  senior  year  at  the  approved  hospital. 


L 


COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS  47 


The  student  must  complete  the  general  requirements  for  the  B.S.  degree  with  a  major 
in  Biology,  by  taking  the  courses  outlined  below.  The  courses  required  for  registry  are 
accepted  as  completing  the  requirements  of  128  semester  hours  for  graduation.  A 
satisfactory  grade  on  the  examination  for  registration  by  the  American  Medical  Record 
Association  as  a  registered  medical  record  librarian  (RRL)  is  accepted  in  lieu  of  the 
departmental  oral  comprehensive  examination.  The  B.S.  degree  is  awarded  at  the  first 
commencement  following  the  completion  of  the  medical  record  librarian  training  and 
passing  of  the  registry  examination. 

Medical  record  librarian  students  who  wish  to  complete  four  years  of  college  may 
secure  the  B.S.  or  B.A.  degree  before  entering  an  approved  school  of  medical  record 
training. 

Freshman  Year 

Second   Semester 


First   Semester 

English  101         3  hrs. 

Mathematics  1 03  or  1  1  5         .    3  (4)  hrs. 

Biology    121     4  hrs. 

Chemistry   121    &  1 23    4  hrs. 

History   101     3  hrs. 


English    102  3  hrs. 

Mathematics  1  04  or  1  1  6        .    3  (4 )  hrs. 

Biology    1 22  4  hrs. 

Chemistry    1 22   &    1 24     4  hrs. 

History     102     3  hrs. 


(17)  18   hrs. 


(17)18   hrs. 


Sophomore   Year 


First   Semester 

English    201      3  hrs. 

Physics     101      3  hrs. 

Biology    251     5  hrs. 

Data    Processing          3  hrs. 

Biology    235     4  hrs. 


Second    Semester 

English    202     

Physics     1 02     

Biology    252     

Biology  112. 

Physical   Education    


hrs. 
hrs. 
hrs. 
hrs. 
hr. 


18    hrs. 


16    hrs. 


Junior   Year 


First   Semester 

Biology    491         1 

Biology     381       4 

Religion         3 

Chemistry  231-233       5 

Physical   Education 1 

Elective 3 


hr. 

hrs. 

hrs. 

hrs. 

hr. 

hrs. 


Second   Semester 

Biology  391     4  hrs. 

Biology  492      1  hr. 

Religion  3  hrs. 
Behavioral  Science,  Fine  Arts 

or  Philosophy      3  hrs. 

Chemistry  232-234 5  hrs. 


17    hrs. 


16    hrs. 


SPECIAL  PROGRAMS 

THE  HONORS  PROGRAM 

The  Honors  Program  provides  an  opportunity  for  students  of  Junior  standing  and 
of  pro\en  ability  and  initiative  to  examine  together  in  a  series  of  inter-disciplinary 
colloquia  matters  of  mutual  interest  and  concern  and  at  the  same  time  to  pursue 
a  course  of  independent  directed  study  and  research  in  areas  of  their  major  disciplines. 
A  student  interested  in  participating  in  the  Honors  Program  should  consult  with  the 
chairman  of  his  department  as  early  in  his  academic  career  as  possible.  Specific 
requirements  of  this  program  are  to  be  found  on  page  91. 

THE  WASHINGTON   SEMESTER 

"The  Washington  Semester"  is  a  joint  arrangement  between  The  American 
University,   Washington,    D.C.,    Millsaps    College,    and   other   colleges    and   universities    in 


48 


SPECIAL   PROGRAMS 


the  United  States  to  extend  the  resources  of  the  national  capital  to  superior  students 
in  the  field  of  the  social  sciences.  The  object  is  to  provide  a  direct  contact  with  the 
work  of  governmental  departments  and  other  national  and  international  agencies  that 
are  located  in  Washington,  thus  acquainting  the  students  with  possible  careers  in  public 
service   and   imparting   a   knowledge  of   government   in   action. 

Under  this  arrangement  qualified  students  of  demonstrated  capacity  from  the 
participating  colleges  will  spend  a  semester  at  the  School  of  Government  and  Public 
Administration  of  The  American  University  in  Washington.  They  may  earn  fifteen 
hours  toward  graduation  in  their  home  colleges.  Six  hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  a 
Conference  Seminar,  in  which  high-ranking  leaders  of  politics  and  government  meet 
with  students.  Three  hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  a  Research  Course  which  entails  the 
writing  of  a  paper  by  utilizing  the  resources  available  only  at  the  nation's  capital.  The 
remainder  of  a  student's  course  load  constitutes  electives  which  are  taken  from  the 
normal  offerings  of  American  University.  In  Washington  the  program  is  coordinated 
by  faculty  members  of  The  American  University. 

Millsaps  will  ordinarily  send  two  students  in  each  spring  semester.  These  will 
be  either  juniors  or  first  semester  seniors  and  will  be  selected  by  a  faculty  committee 
in  April  of  each  year.   Exceptionally  well-qualified  sophomores  are  occasionally  accepted. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  his  home  college  for  the  purpose  of 
scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected  by  his  participation   in  the  program. 

THE   UNITED   NATIONS  SEMESTER 

A  cooperative  program  with  Drew  University  in  Madison,  New  Jersey,  enables 
Millsaps  political  science  majors  to  spend  a  semester  making  a  first-hand  study  of 
the  work  of  the  United  Nations.  Participants  may  earn  fifteen  hours  of  credit  toward 
graduation.  Three  hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  a  Conference  Seminar,  which  meets 
two  days  of  each  week  in  the  United  Nations  Plaza.  Members  of  the  Secretariat, 
delegates,  and  special  agency  representatives  often  lead  discussions  in  a  planned 
program  of  studies.  Students  also  earn  three  hours  of  credit  by  engaging  in  an  indi- 
vidual research  project  on  some  phase  of  the  United  Nations.  The  remaining  hours  of 
credit  are  electives  taken  from  the  regular  course  offerings  of  Drew's  liberal  arts  college. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose 
of  scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected  by  his  participation  in  the  program. 

THE   LONDON   SEMESTER 

Another  cooperative  program  with  Drew  University  enables  upperclass  political 
science  majors  the  opportunity  to  study  in  London,  England,  for  a  semester.  Fifteen 
hours  of  credit  are  earned  in  the  social  sciences,  with  primary  emphasis  on  political 
science.  The  faculty,  including  a  resident  director  from  Drew,  includes  members  of 
the  faculty  of  the  London  School  of  Economics  and  Political  Science,  Oxford  University, 
Leeds  University,  and  other  outstanding  schools.  Students  live  in  a  residential  hotel 
in  the  heart  of  London.  Provision  is  made  for  an  optional  pre-Fall  or  post-Spring  tour 
of  the  Continent  at  a  modest  cost. 

The  student  technically  remains  an  enrollee  of  Millsaps  College  for  the  purpose  of 
scholarships  and  loans,  which  are  thus  not  affected  by  his  participation   in  the   program. 

LEGISLATIVE   INTERN   PROGRAM 

When  the  Mississippi  Legislature  is  in  session,  selected  political  science  students 
may  participate  in  an  internship  program  which  permits  them  to  observe  the  state 
law-making  process.  Students  serve  as  aids  to  legislators  and  legislative  committees, 
performing  a  variety  of  tasks  such  as  research,  writing,  and  marking  up  bills.  Students 
also  take  part  in  a  seminar  with  other  interns  to  examine  the  legislative  process.  See 
Political   Science   452. 


1_ 


SPECIAL   PROGRAMS  49 


PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION    INTERNSHIP 

With  the  cooperation  of  city,  state  and  federal  agencies,  students  who  have  had 
the  introductory  Public  Administration  course  may  be  placed  in  middle  management 
level  positions. 

STUDY  ABROAD  PROGRAMS 

Millsaps  College  maintains  cooperative  arrangements  with  the  Junior  Year  Abroad 
program  at  the  Institute  for  American  Universities  at  Aix-en-Provence,  in  France,  and 
with  the  British  Studies  at  Oxford  summer  study  program.  Other  study  abroad  programs  are 
available  in  most  countries  of  Western  Europe  as  well  as  in  Latin  America.  Students  inter- 
ested in  receiving  college  credit  for  such  study  may  receive  information  concerning  these 
programs  from  the  chairman  of  the  appropriate  department  or  from  the  Academic  Dean. 

COOPERATIVE  PROGRAMS 

With  the  permission  of  the  Associate  Dean  and  the  chairman  of  the  department 
involved,  full-time  students  in  Millsaps  College  may  enroll  for  certain  courses  at  either 
Belhaven  College  or  Tougaloo  College  without  additional  fees.  Belhaven  College  is 
located  a  few  blocks  east  of  the  Millsaps  campus.  Tougaloo  College  is  eight  miles 
north,  at  the  edge  of  Jackson. 

These  cooperative  arrangements  afford  an  opportunity  for  students  to  enroll  in 
courses  either  not  offered  at  Millsaps  College  or  not  scheduled  during  the  appropriate 
semester  or  at  an  acceptable  class  hour. 


ECONOMICS— ACCOUNTING— ADMINISTRATION 
INTERN   PROGRAM 

Students  have  the  opportunity  of  obtaining  specialized  training  and  practical 
experience  through  an  established  Internship  Program.  The  program  involves  prominent 
regional  and  national  business  organizations  and  an  agency  of  the  Federal  government. 
The  student's  training  is  conducted  and  supervised  by  competent  management  personnel 
according  to  a  predetermined  agenda  of  activities.  Evaluation  of  the  student's  participa- 
tion and  progress  provides  the  basis  for  granting  appropriate  academic  credit.  See 
offerings  451-452  in  the  Department  of  Economics,  Accounting  and  Administration. 

MILLSAPS-GULF  COAST  RESEARCH   LABORATORY 
COOPERATIVE  PROGRAM 

Students  at  Millsaps  College,  especially  those  in  the  Natural  Sciences,  are  per- 
mitted to  enroll  for  one  or  more  of  the  following  courses  at  the  Gulf  Coast  Research 
Laboratory  as  a  part  of  their  regular  program  of  studies.  The  Laboratory  is  situated  near 
Ocean  Springs,  180  miles  south  of  Jackson.  Summer  work  at  the  laboratory  provides 
first-hand  knowledge  of  both  marine  and  brackish  water  environments. 

G141        Introduction  to  Marine  Zoology   (ZO  141  )  * (4) 

G331        Physical  Marine  Geology    (GEO  331  )  * .  .  .  (3) 

G332       Chemical  Marine  Geology  (GEO  332)  * (3) 

G341        Marine  Botany   (SOT  341  )  * (4) 

G361A    Marine    Invertebrate  Zoology    (ZO  361  A)  *    (6) 

G361B    Marine  Invertebrate  Zoology  II    (ZO  361  B)* (6) 

G362       Marine  Vertebrate  Zoology  and   Ichthyology    (ZO  362)  * (6) 

G451        Introduction  to  Physical  &  Chemical  Oceanography   (OCE  451  )  *        (5) 

G452       Marine  Microbiology    (MIC  452)  *    (5) 

G461        Parasites  of  Marine  Animals    (ZO  461  )  * (6) 

G463       Estuarine  &  Marsh  Ecology    (ZO  463)  *    (6) 

*denotes  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory  course  number. 

For  further  information  regarding  these  courses  contact  the  GCRL  coordinators  on 
Campus. 

50  SPECIAL  PROGRAMS 


DEPARTMENTS  OF   INSTRUCTION 

EXPLANATION  OF  NUMBERS  AND  SYMBOLS 
Courses    101-198      Primarily   for   freshmen. 
Courses   201-298      Primarily   for  sophomores. 
Courses   301-398      Primarily   for   juniors   and   seniors. 

(advanced,   or   upper-division   courses) 
Courses  401-498      Special   departmental  courses. 

Courses  represented  by  odd  numbers  are  normally  taught  during  the  fall  semester; 
even-numbered  courses,  during  the  spring  semester. 
"G"      Indicates  courses  offered  at  the  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory. 
"S"       Indicates  courses  offered   in  summer  only. 
"X"      Indicates  courses  carrying  extra-curricular  credit  only. 

NON-DEPARTMENTAL  COURSES 
Heritage  101-102.  The  Cultural  Heritage  of  the  West  (7-7).  An  essentially  chrono- 
logical portrayal  of  the  heritage  of  western  man  viewed  from  the  perspectives  provided 
by  literature,  history,  religion,  philosophy,  the  arts,  and  other  disciplines.  The  course 
will  be  made  up  of  a  balance  of  lectures,  discussion  and  laboratory  sessions,  and 
occasional  field  trips.  Designed  for  entering  Freshmen,  but  open  to  some  Sophomores. 
Limited  enrollment.  Co-requisite  for  entering  Freshmen:  English   103-104. 

Natural  Science  G480.  Gulf  Coast  Summer  Research  in  Marine  Science.  Supervised 
study  in  shallow  marine  environments  for  advanced  science  majors.  Directed  by  one 
of  the  Millsaps  science  faculty  assisted  by  the  staff  of  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory, 
Ocean  Springs,  Miss.  Group  and  individual  investigations  in  zoology,  biochemistry, 
botany,  geology,  geochemistry,  physics,  physical  oceanography,  and  chemical  ocean- 
ography. Room  and  board  at  the  Laboratory.  3-12  hours  credit.  Prerequisites:  20 
hours  in  the  student's  major  and  1 2  semester  hours  in  the  supporting  sciences  or 
mathematics. 
Offered  each  summer  at  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory. 

COMPUTER  STUDIES 

Several  options  are  available  to  students  interested  in  exploring  computer  pro- 
ramming,  computer  science,  and  computer  applications.  Available  on  campus  for  student 
juse  are  an  IBM  1130,  a  DEC  PDP-8/e  digital  computer  and  an  EAI-TR20  analog 
computer.  In  addition,  the  Millsaps  Computing  Center  provides  timesharing  service  to 
iseverai  local  high  schools  and  there  is  a  campus  terminal  tied  to  an  NSF  Regional  Co- 
aperative  Network  with  Jackson  State  College. 

Computer  courses   are: 

Accounting  272.  Computer  Programming  for  Accounting  (3).  RPG  and  COBOL  pro- 
gramming and  applications  to  accounting  systems  and  procedures.  Prerequisite:  Ac- 
counting 381  or  consent. 

Administration  271.  Computer  Programming  for  Business  (3).  FORTRAN  and  PL/1 
programming  and  applications  to  business  systems  and  procedures. 

Computer  100.  Introduction  to  Computing  (1).  Development  of  programming  skills  in 
the  timesharing  language  BASIC.  Designed  to  enable  the  student  to  utilize  the  com- 
puter in  the  several  disciplines. 

i^omputer  110.  Computing,  an  Interdisciplinary  Approach  (3).  Brief  historical  de- 
velopment and  the  concept  of  an  algorithm.  Introduction  to  computer  languages  with 
emphasis  on  the  interactive  language  BASIC.  The  impact  of  computers  on  society. 
Stresses  the  solution  of  problems  from  diverse  areas.  If  taken  after  Computer  100, 
only  two  hours  credit  allowed. 

DEPARTMENTS  OF  INSTRUCTION  51 


Computer  210.     Computer  Organization  and  Machine  Programming   (1   to  3 ) .  Discussioi 
of  fundamentals  of  computer  hardware  organization  and  symbolic  coding  with  assem 
'  biy  systems.    Prerequisite:   proficiency   in   a   higher   level    programming   language.  i 

Computer  401-402.      Directed  study  in  computing     (1    to   3 — 1    to   3 ) . 

Mathematics  352.  Electronic  Analog  Computer  (1).  Linear  components,  timescalt 
and  amplitude-scale  factors,  non-linear  components,  and  function-generating  tech- 
niques. One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  351. 

Additional    courses    in    which    the    computer    is    a    tool    in    problem    solving,    mode' 
building,  and  simulations  are: 

Accounting   281-282,    391 

Administration  275,  375,  354,  362 

Astronomy    101,    102 

Biology   315,    323,    345 

Chemistry   123,    124,  251,  253,   341,   354,   363,   364 

Economics   201,    303,    304,    371,372 

Mathematics  1  1 5,    116,    172,    225,   226,    325,    326,    346,    351,    391,    401 

Physics    131,    132 

Political    Science    112,    21  1 

Sociology   280 


ANCIENT  LANGUAGES 

The  Alfred  Porter  Hamilton  Chair  of  Classical  Languages 

Professor   Emerita:  MAGNOLIA   COULLET,   A.M. 

Associate   Professor   Emeritus:     GEORGE   ROYSTER  STEPHENSON,    B.D. 

At  present,  a  major  in  Classical  Languages  at  Millsaps  College  is  in  abeyance. 
However,  introductory  and  intermediate  courses  in  Latin  and  Greek  are  offered  on  the 
basis  of  student  demand.  Millsaps  College  also  cooperates  with  sister  institutions  in  the 
area  in  an  attempt  to  offer  advanced  courses  in  classical  languages.  Information  con- 
cerning this  program  as  well  as  introductory  and  intermediate  courses  is  available  in 
the  office  of  the  Academic  Dean. 


ART 


Associate   Professor:  WILLIAM   D.    ROWELL,   M.F.A.,   Chairman 

Assistant   Professor:  LUCY  WEBB  MILLSAPS,   M.A. 

101-102.  Design.  (3-3).  Composition,  color,  and  the  traditional  techniques  of, 
representation;   drawing,   painting,   modeling.  i 

103-104.  Drawing.  (3-3).  Laboratory  experiences  in  drawing  artificial  and  natural 
forms  employing  a  variety  of  media. 

212-213.  Printmaking.  (3-3).  Introduction  to  relief  and  intaglio  printing  with  em- 
phasis on  the  woodcut.  Prerequisite:  Drawing  103-104,  Design  101-102  or  permissionj 
of  instructor. 

221-222.  Ceramics.  (3-3).  Principles  and  practices  in  pottery  making.  One  three- 
hour  instruction  period  weekly,  plus  one  three-hour  lab. 

52  ANCIENT   LANGUAGES 


301-302.      Painting.    (3-3).      Oil    and    water   color.    The    materials    and    properties   of 
painting,  methods  of  presentation  and  composition  problems. 

337.      Art  for  Children.    See  Education  337. 

351-352.      Art  History.    (3-3).      An  illustrated  lecture  course  surveying  the  visual  and 
plastic  arts  from  prehistoric  to  contemporary  times. 


BIOLOGY 

Professor:  RONDAL   EDWARD   BELL,   Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Associate  Professors:  JAMES   PRESTON  McKEOWN,   Ph.D. 

ROBERT  B.   NEVINS,  M.S. 

Assistant  Professor:  ARTHUR  ERIC  YENSEN,   Ph.D. 

Biology  serves  ( 1  )  to  present  the  basic  principles  underlying  life  phenomena 
and  to  correlate  these  principles  with  human  living;  (2)  to  give  students  a  panorama 
of  the  kinds  of  animals  and  plants  which  now  inhabit  the  earth  and  the  major  features 
of  their  behavior;  (3)  to  help  students  appreciate  their  living  environments;  and  (4) 
to  present  a  generalized  view  of  heredity  and  evolution. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  student  majoring  in  Biology  is  required  to  take  Biology 
111-112,  121-122,  315,  491,  492;  one  of  323,  333,  or  369;  either  345  or  335;  and 
one  of  372,  382,  or  391.  A  preliminary  test  must  be  passed  at  least  one  academic 
year  before  the  comprehensive  examination. 

101-102.  Fundamentals  of  Biology  (3-3).  Principles  and  theories  of  the  life  sciences 
including  maintenance,  reproduction,  evolution,  diversity,  ecology,  and  biogeography; 
designed  for  non-science  majors.  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  two-hour  laboratory 
period   a   week. 

111-112.  Botany  (4-4).  First  semester,  structure  and  function  of  seed  plants;  second 
semester,  evolutionary  survey  of  plant  kingdom;  economic  significance  of  lower  plants. 
Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 

121-122.  Zoology  (4-4).  Invertebrate  and  vertebrate  taxonomy,  morphology,  phys- 
iology and  natural  history.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week. 

1150.  Fundamental  Methods  In  Field  Biology  (3).  Summer  environmental  study  trips 
throughout  the  United  States.  Emphasis  on  ecology  and  community  composition.  Three 
week  program  with  approximately  two  weeks  away  from  campus  on  intensive  field 
studies.  Designed  for  non-science  majors.  Prerequisite:  Open  by  application  only; 
limited  enrollment;   permission  of  instructor. 

1211.  Comparatire  Anatomy  (4).  Structure  of  the  organs  and  organ  systems  of  the 
chordates,  emphasizing  the  dissection  of  Amphioxus,  lamprey,  shark,  salamander  and 
cat.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite: 
Biology    121-122. 

iL 

15221 .  Embryology  (4).  Fertilization,  morphogenesis  and  differentiation  of  organ 
systems  of  vertebrates.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods 
a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  121-122. 

135.  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  (4).  Structure  and  function  of  the  human 
body.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week;  open  to 
non-science  majors.  Prerequisite:  6  hours  of  biology. 

ART/BIOLOGY  53 


251-252.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology  (5-5).  (Integrated  course  in  Verte- 
brate Anatomy,  Embryology  and  Histology)  .  Reproduction  and  organ  system  differen-i 
tiation  with  gross  and  microscopic  anatomy  of  the  vertebrate  systems.  Three  discussion 
periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.   Prerequisite:   Biology    121-122. 

S261.  Field  Botany  (3).  Survey  of  local  flora  emphasizing  plant  systematics  and 
ecology.  Two  discussion  periods  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite:  6  hours  of   Biology. 

301.  Histology  (4).  Microscopic  anatomy  of  vertebrates  with  emphasis  on  basic 
tissues.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prere- 
quisite: Permission  of  instructor. 

315.  Genetics  (4).  Mendelian  genetics;  the  nature,  transmission  and  mode  of  action 
of  the  genetic  material;  the  role  of  genetics  in  development  and  evolution.  Two 
discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology 
111-112;    121-122. 

323.  Plant  Taxonomy  (4).  Principles  of  plant  classification;  common  plant  families; 
collection  and  identification  of  local  flora.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.   Prerequisite:   Biology   111-112. 

333.  Vertebrate  Taxonomy  (4).  Identification,  life  history,  ecology,  and  evolutionary 
histories  of  the  vertebrates.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.   Prerequisite:   Biology  121-122. 

345.  Ecology  (4).  Interrelations  of  biotic  communities  and  their  physical  environ- 
ments; energy  flow,  succession,  climax  types,  and  population  interractions.  Two  dis- 
cussion periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology 
111-112;    121-122. 

S351-S352.  Field  Biology  (5-5).  Summer  environmental  study  trips  to  United  States, 
Canada,  and  Mexico.  Five-week  program  with  approximately  three  weeks  away  from 
campus  on  intensive  field  studies.  Prerequisite:  Open  by  application  only;  limited 
enrollment;  8  hours  of  Biology  or  permission"  of  instructor. 

.*69.  Population  Biology  (4).  Biological  principles  of  population  dynamics.  Emphasis 
on  genetics,  dynamics,  regulatory  mechanisms,  distribution  and  adaptations  of  popu- 
lations. Two  discussion  periods  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite:  Biology   111-112  or   121-122. 

372.  Plant  Physiology  (4).  Plant  soil  and  water  relations,  metabolism,  and  growth 
regulation.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite:  Biology   111-112;   Chemistry  232-234. 

381.  General  Bacteriology  (4).  Historical  survey,  pure  culture  methods  of  study,  and 
the  general  morphology  and  identification  of  bacteria.  Two  discussion  periods  and 
two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite:  Biology  111-112;  Chemistry 
232-234. 

382.  Advanced  General  Bacteriology  (4).  Physiology  and  biochemical  principles 
associated  with  studies  of  micro-organisms.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a   week.   Prerequisite:    Biology   381. 

391.  General  Physiology  (4).  Study  of  the  constituents,  properties,  and  activities  of 
protoplasm.  Two  discussion  periods  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Chemistry  232-234. 

401-402.  Special  Problems  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  Permission  of  in- 
structor. 

491-492.  Seminar  in  Biology  (1-1).  Selected  topics  of  biological  interest.  Required 
of  all   senior   Biology  majors.   One   discussion   period   a   week. 

54  BIOLOGY 


CHEMISTRY 


The  J.   B.  Price  Chair  of  Chemistry 

Professors:  ROY   ALFRED    BERRY,   JR.,    Ph.D.,   Chairman 

CHARLES   EUGENE   CAIN,    Ph.D. 

Associate    Professors:  ALLEN    DAVID   BISHOP,   JR.,   Ph.D. 

GEORGE   HAROLD  EZELL,   Ph.D. 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Chemistry  are  ( 1  )  to  provide  at  least  an 
introduction  to  the  scientific  method  for  non-science  majors;  (2)  to  equip  science 
majors  with  the  proper  background  for  professional  and  graduate  study;  and  (3)  to 
provide  terminal  training  for  those  students  who  go   into  industry  and  teaching. 

Requirements  for  Major:  All  majors  are  required  to  take  the  following  courses: 
121-123,  122-124,  231-233,  232-234,  491,  492,  and  Computer  100  or  110.  In 
addition  to  this,  candidates  for  the  B.A.  degree  will  take  Chemistry  264-266  or  393-395 
and  394-396,  Physics  131-132  or  101-102  and  151-152.  Candidates  for  the  B.S. 
degree  (accredited  by  the  American  Chemical  Society)  must  have  a  2.5  average  in 
Chemistry  and  take  Chemistry  341,  354-356,  363-365,  364-366,  Physics  131-132, 
and  Mathematics  through  Integral  Calculus.  Two  approved  advanced  electives  in 
chemistry,  physics,  or  mathematics  are  also  required.  German  201-202,  or  a  reading 
knowledge,  is  strongly  recommended.  Chemistry  S231-S233,  S232-S234  may  be  substi- 
tuted  for  Chemistry  231-233,   232-234   by    B.A.    degree  candidates   only. 

101-102.  Chemistry  for  Citizens.  (3-3).  Modern  theories  and  principles  of  chemistry 
and  their  application  to  life  in  today's  world.  Chemical  research  and  methods  as 
well  as  chemical  topics  important  in  day-to-day  living  are  studied.  Two  lectures  and 
one  application  lesLion  a  week.  Not  acceptable  toward  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

121-122.  General  Chemistry  (3-3).  Fundamental  principles  of  modern  chemistry 
and  its  applications.  Atomic  theory,  theory  of  bonding.  Kinetic  Theory  of  Gases, 
chemical  equilibrium,  periodicity,  liquid  and  solid  state  theory.  Corequisite:  Chemistry 

123-124. 

123-124.  General  Analytical  Chemistry  (1-1).  Theory  and  applications  of  qualitative 
and  quantitative  techniques  with  emphasis  on  solution  chemistry.  Corequisite:  Chem- 
istry  121-122. 

231-232.  Organic  Chemistry  (3-3).  A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  aliphatic  and 
aromatic  series  of  organic  compounds.  Mechanisms  and  theory  are  discussed.  Pre- 
requisite:   Chemistry    121-122.    Corequiste:    Chemistry    233-234. 

S231-S232.  Principles  of  Organic  Chemistry  (3-3).  A  survey  of  the  aliphatic  and 
aromatic  series  of  organic  compounds.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite: 
Chemistry   S233-S234. 

233-234.  Modern  Methods  in  Organic  Chemistry  (2-2).  Theory  and  applications 
in  the  preparation,  separation,  and  identification  of  organic  compounds.  Use  of 
modern    instrumentation    is   emphasized.   Corequiste:   Chemistry   231-232. 

S233-S234.  Principles  of  Modern  Organic  Methods  (1-1).  Theory  and  applications 
in  the  preparation,  separation,  and  identification  of  organic  compounds.  Corequisite: 
Chemistry   S231-S232. 

251.  Analytical  Chemistry  I  (2).  The  theory  and  application  of  analytical  methods: 
chemical  equilibria,  acid-base  theory,  oxidation-reduction,  and  an  introduction  into 
electrochemical  techniques.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry 
253. 

CHEMISTRY  55 


253.  Applications  of  Analytical  Chemistry  (2).  Gravimetric  and  volumetric  methods 
are  presented  in  the  laboratory  with  unknowns  in  acidmetry  and  alkalimetry,  oxidation- 
reduction,  iodimetry  and  precipitation  methods.  Corequisite:   Chemistry  251. 

264.  Biophysical  Chemistry  (3).  An  introduction  to  buffers,  kinetics,  enzyme  kinetics, 
thermodynamics,  and  bioenergetics  with  application  to  biological  systems.  Prerequisite: 
Chemistry  121-122.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  266. 

266.  Modern  Biophysical  Methods  (1).  Theory  and  applications  of  modern  bio- 
chemical and  biophysical  techniques.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  264. 

334.  Organic  Qualitative  Analysis  (2).  Theory  and  practice  of  identification  of 
organic  compounds  and  mixtures  of  organic  compounds,  and  classification  of  organic 
compounds  according  to  functional  groups.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232.  Co- 
requisite:    Chemistry   335. 

335.  Modern  Methods  in  Qualitative  Organic  (2).  Theory  and  applications  of  modern 
organo-analytical  chemistry.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  334. 

336.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry  (3).  Stereochemistry,  mechanisms,  and  selected 
topics.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231  -232. 

341.  Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry  (3).  A  study  of  atomic  structure,  theories  of 
chemical  bonding,  spectrascopy,  the  electronic  basis  of  periodic  classification,  and 
inorganic  stereochemistry.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122,  Mathematics  224  or  226. 

343.  Modern  Coordination  Chemistry  (1  ).  A  detailed  study  of  coordination  chemistry 
and  inorganic  reaction  mechanisms.   Corequisite:   Chemistry  341. 

354.  Analytical  Chemistry  11  (3).  The  theory  of  optical  and  electrical  instruments 
employed  in  the  modern  analytical  laboratory:  absorption  spectometry,  emission 
spectrametry,  potentiometry,  polargraphy,  differential  thermal  analysis,  and  gas  phase 
chromatography.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  363,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Core- 
quisite:  356. 

356.  Analytical  Chemistry  11 — Methods  (1).  Practical  applications  of  chemical  in- 
strumentation. Corequisite:  Chemistry  354. 

358.  Advanced  Analytical  Chemistry  (4).  Chemical  equilibria  in  aqueous  and  non- 
aqueous solutions.  Physical  and  chemical  methods  of  separation:  Chromotography, 
ion  exchange,  dialysis,  flotation,  and  solvent  extraction  techniques.  Prerequisite: 
Chemistry   354-356. 

363-364.  Physical  Chemistry  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  kinetic-molecular  theory,  chemi- 
cal thermodynamics,  chemical  kinetics,  electrochemistry,  surface  chemistry,  and  an 
introduction  to  quantum  chemistry.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  121-122,  and  Differential 

&    Integral   Calculus.   Corequisite:   Chemistry   365-366. 

365-366.  Physio-Chemical  Methods  (1-1).  Theory  and  applications  of  modern 
physical  methods  in  chemistry.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  363-364. 

372.  Geochemistry  (3).  An  introduction  into  the  application  of  chemical  principles 
of  geological  systems:  Carbonate  equilibria.  Clay  colloid  chemistry,  Eh-pH  diagrams, 
chemical  weathering,  organic  materials  in  sediments,  and  phase  diagrams.  Prerequisite: 
Chemistry  363  or  consent  of  instructor. 

393.  Biochemistry  I.  (3).  An  Introduction  to  the  fundamental  principles  of  bio- 
chemistry. A  treatment  of  the  dynamic  aspects  of  the  chemistry  of  living  organisms. 
Particular  emphasis  will  be  given  to  the  biochemistry  of  proteins,  carbohydrates,  and 
lipids.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  231-232. 

394.  Biochemistry  il.  (3).  Photosynthesis,  Nucleotides,  Protein  Biosynthesis,  and 
Biochemical  Control  Mechanisms  are  emphasized.  Prerequisite:  Chemistry  393. 

56  CHEMISTRY 


395.  Biochemical  Applications  I.  (1  ) .  Theory  and  practice  of  modern  biochemical 
methods.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  393. 

396.  Biochemical  Applications  II.  (1).  Theory  and  practice  of  modern  biochemical 
methods.  Corequisite:  Chemistry  394. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  ( I  to  3  —  1  to  3).  An  introduction  to  scientific 
research.  Open  only  to  approved  students. 

405-406.      Independent  Study   (1   to  3  —  1   to  3).      Open  only  to  approved  students. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Chemistry  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Open  only  to  approved 
students. 

491-492.  History  &  Literature  of  Chemistry  (2-2).  Designed  to  review  and  integrate 
basic  chemical  knowledge  in  conjunction  with  an  oral  and  written  presentation  of 
scientific  works.  History  of  Chemistry  and  the  proper  use  of  chemical  literature  are 
included. 

ECONOMICS,  ACCOUNTING,  AND  ADMINISTRATION 

The   Dan   White   Chair   of   Economics 

Professor:  RICHARD   BRUCE   BALTZ,   Ph.D.,  Chairman 

Assistant   Professors:  STEVE  CARROLL  WELLS,   M.A.,   C.P.A. 

FRANCIS  WILLIAM   FROHNHOEFER,   M.A.,   M.B.A. 
Instructor:  DIANE  TRIPLETT  PEARSON,  M.B.A.,  C.P.A. 

The  objectives  of  the  department  are  ( 1  )  to  improve  the  student's  economic 
and  business  maturity,  (2)  to  help  him  to  become  a  better  informed  citizen,  (3) 
to  provide  him  with  a  thorough  foundation  for  graduate  study,  and  (4)  to  prepare  him 
for  a  career  in  administration. 

Students  majoring  in  the  department  will  be  graduated  with  either  a  Bachelor  of 
Arts  or  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  with  a  major  in  Accounting,  Administration,  or 
Economics.  All  majors  are  required  to  make  a  grade  of  C  or  better  in  all  courses  required 
by  the  department  for  the  respective  major. 

I  Requirements  for  Major  in   Economics:      An   economics  major   is   required   to   take 

Accounting  281-282,  Mathematics  223-224  or  225-226  (Mathematics  115-116  are 
prerequisites).  Administration  271  and  Economics  201  or  202  before  the  Junior  year; 
Economics  303-304,  348  or  372  and  Administration  275  during  the  Junior  year;  Eco- 
nomics 361,  363,  348  or  372,  and  401,  402  or  404  during  the  Senior  year.  (This 
program  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  for  graduate  studies  in  Economics  or  in 
Business.  A  major  in  mathematics  would  be  an  ideal  complement)  . 

Requirements  for   Major   in   Accounting:      The   program    of   study   for   a    major    in 

Accounting   is  considered  adequate   preparation  for  the  CPA  examination.  This   program 

prepares  a  student  for  a   professional  career  in  Accounting.   Accounting   281-282   must 

|j  be   completed   before   the   Junior   year.    Administration    131     is   an    ideal   elective    during 

the  Freshman  or  Sophomore  Year. 

An  accounting  major  is  required  to  take  Mathematics  103-104,  Accounting  281- 
282,  Administration  271,  and  Economics  201  before  the  Junior  year;  Accounting  381- 
382,  391,  Administration  275,  362,  and  Economics  304  during  the  Junior  year;  Ac- 
counting 392,  395,  398,  and  Administration  221-222  during  the  Senior  year.  Students 
may  prefer  to  take  281-282  during  the  Freshman  year,  381-382  during  the  Sophomore 
year,  395-391  during  the  Junior  year,  and  392-398  during  the  Senior  year. 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Administration:  The  program  of  study  for  a  major  in 
Administration  is  designed  to  strike  a  balance  between  course  work  and  practical  appii- 

I  CHEMISTRY  57 


cation.  It  is  also  flexible  enough  that  a  student  may  complete  department  requirements 
in  four  semesters.  Administration  131  is  an  ideal  elective  during  the  Freshman  or 
Sophomore   year. 

An  Administration  major  is  required  to  take  Mathematics  103-104,  Accounting 
281-282,  Economics  201,  and  Administration  271  before  the  Junior  year;  Administra- 
tion 221,  275,  351,  352,  362,  and  Economics  303  during  the  Junior  year;  Admini- 
stration 353,  376,  and  Economics  361  during  the  Senior  year.  To  satisfy  Administra- 
tion options  in  special  areas  and  in  areas  other  than  in  business,  students  may  substitute 
9  hours  of  other  appropriate  courses,  on  approval,  for  Economics  303,  Administration 
376  and  352.  The  Administration  major  will  be  expected  to  take  the  URE  portion  of 
the  comprehensive  exam   during   the   Fall   semester  of   the   Senior  year. 

Program  of  Study  in  Public  Administration:  A  program  of  study  especially 
designed  for  students  interested  in  public  or  government  careers  has  been  arranged 
in  cooperation  with  the  Department  of  Political  Science.  The  student  may  major  in 
either  Political  Science  or  in  Administration.  If  the  student  selects  the  major  in  Ad- 
ministration, he  will  be  allowed  to  substitute  certain  required  courses  and  will  be  re- 
quired to  substitute   8  credit  hours  of  electives  for  certain  courses. 

Transfer  Credit:  Transfer  students  should  normally  expect  to  set  sfy  the  statist  cs 
requirement  (Administration  275)  at  Millsaps.  The  typical  first  six  hours  of  account  ng 
principles  will  normally  satisfy  the  department's  281-282  requiremsnt.  The  typical  six 
hours  of  SDphomore  economics  will  normally  satisfy  the  Economics  201  requirement 
for  Administration  majors,  the  Economics  201  requirement  for  Accounting  majors,  end 
the  Economics  201  or  202  requirement  for  economics  majors.  Adminstration  271 
(Computer  Programming  for  Business)    may  be  taken  during  the  Jun'or  year. 

Suggestions  for  non-majors:  The  department  offers  as  sur\ey  courses  for  all 
students,  the  following:  Administration  131,  221-222,  Accounting  281-282,  Economics 
201  or  202  and  a  course  in  FORTRAN  programming  (Administration  271)  and  a 
course  in  business  statistics  (Administration  275).  Finally,  Accounting  101-102,  Per- 
sonal Finance,  which  deals  with  investing,  the  stock  market,  and  personal  money  manage- 
ment is  offered  each  semester  as  a  convenience  to  all  students. 


ECONOMICS 


1 


201.  Principles  (3).  Basic  principles  of  price  theory,  national  income  analysis,  and 
international   trade. 

202.  Problems  (3).  Class  discussion  of  current  problems  and  issues  of  national  and 
international    importance. 

303.  Intermediate  Microeconomfc  Theory  (3).  Value  and  distribution  theory,  market 
equilibrium,   resource  allocation,  and   public   policy. 

304.  Intermediate  Macroeconomic  Theory  (3).  National  income  determination,  com- 
modity and  money  market  equilibrium,  public  policy,  and  economic  forecasting. 

344.  Regional  and  Urban  Economics  (3).  Applications  of  economic  theory  to  state 
and   metropolitan   economic   systems.    Prerequisite:    Economics   201.  ,■ 

348.  International  Trade  Theory  (3).  An  extension  and  application  of  economic 
theory  to  international  relations  and  to  international  financial  systems.  Prerequisite: 
Economics   303.  m 

361.  Money  &  Banking  (2).  Money  and  credit,  capital  markets,  monetary  institu- 
tions, and  public  policy. 

363.  Public  Finance  (2).  Analysis  of  public  sector  goods,  decisions,  taxation,  bud- 
gets, and  public  policy.   Prerequisite:  Economics  303. 


58  ECONOMICS,  ACCOUNTING,  AND  ADMINISTRATION 


i 


371-372.  Quantitative  Methods  (2  to  4  -  2  to  4).  An  application  of  statistics  and 
mathematics  to  economic  analysis,  business  problems,  planning  techniques,  and  de- 
cision-making. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings    ( 1   to  3  —  1   to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research   (1  to  3  —  1  to  3). 

405-406.  Independent  Study  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3 ) . 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Economics   (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  (1  to  6  —  1  to  6).  Practical  experience  and  training  with 
selected  business  and  government  institutions. 

ADMINISTRATION 

131.  Introduction  to  Business  (3).  Business  functions,  administration  processes, 
operations,  techniques  and  problems. 

221-222.  Business  Law  (3-3).  Introduction  to  legal  systems,  coverage  of  the  Uni- 
form Commercial  Code  with  regard  to  contracts,  negotiable  instruments,  personal 
property  and  sales  transactions;  the  second  semester  covers  the  Code  in  regard  to 
partnerships,  corporations,   real   property,  and  estates. 

232.  Principles  of  Management  (3).  Management  functions,  applications,  and  cur- 
rent  developments. 

271.  Computer  Programming  for  Business  (3).  FORTRAN  and  PL/1  programming 
and  application  to  business  systems  and  procedures. 

275.  Business  Statistics  (3).  Topics  include  probability,  hypothesis  testing,  analysis 
of  variance,  regression  and  correlation,  time  series,  index  numbers,  Bayesian  analysis. 

351.  Marketing  (3).  The  marketing  function;  pricing  practices,  product  policies, 
promotion,  and  planning. 

352.  Operations  Management  (3).  Topics  include  systems  analysis,  decision  making 
in  face  of  risk  and  uncertainty,  examination  of  management  science  techniques  in 
problems  solving. 

353.  Personnel  Management  (3).  Topics  include  theories  of  organizational  structure, 
behavior,  and  communication;  decision  making  in  personnel  administration;  human 
capital. 

362.  Business  Finance  (3).  The  finance  function;  analysis  and  management,  con- 
trolling, and  financial   policies.   Prerequisite:  Accounting  281    or  consent. 

365.  Investment  Analysis  (3).  Topics  include  securities  and  commodities  markets, 
government  regulation  of  such  markets,  fundamental  and  technical  approaches  to 
investment  and  portfolio  analysis.  Prerequisite:  Economics  201,  Accounting  281, 
or  consent. 

375-376.  Decision  Making  (3-3).  The  case  study  and  simulation  approaches  are  used 
for  solution  of  problems  in  areas  of  managerial  economics,  accounting,  marketing, 
finance,    personnel,    and    production.    Prerequisite:    Senior   standing    or    consent. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings   (1   to  3  —  1   to  3 ) . 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research    (1    to  3  —  1    to  3 ) . 

405-406.  Independent  Study   ( 1  to  3  —  1   to  3 ) . 

411-4fI2.  Special  Topics  in  Administration    (3-3). 

451-452.  Internship  ( 1  to  6  —  1  to  6).  Practical  experience  and  training  with 
selected  business  and  government  institutions. 

ECONOMICS,  ACCOUNTING,  AND  ADMINISTRATION  59 


ACCOUNTING 
X101-I02.      Personal  Finance   ( 1   to  2  —  1   to  2).      Class  sessions  devoted  to  the  stock 
market,   investing,   and  personal  money   management. 

272.  Computer  Programming  for  Accounting  (3).  RPG  and  COBOL  programming 
and  application  to  accounting  systems  and  procedures.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  381 
or   consent. 

281-282.  Introduction  to  Accounting  (3-3).  The  first  semester  is  devoted  to  basic 
concepts  and  procedures;  the  second  semester  emphasizes  financial  and  administrative 
applications. 

381-382.  Intermediate  Accounting  Theory  (3-3).  Accounting  principles  applicable 
to  the  content,  valuation,  and  presentation  of  the  principal  ledger  items;  the  analysis 
of  financial  statements;  working  capital  and  operations;  reorganization;  selected  topics. 
Prerequisite:  Accounting  281-282. 

391.  Cost  Accounting  (4).  Procedures  for  accumulating  data  for  product  costing 
with  major  emphasis  on  costs  for  managerial  planning  and  control.  Prerequisite: 
Accounting   281-282.    (3   hrs.  credit  when  offered   in   the   summer) 

392.  Auditing  (3).  A  conceptual  approach  to  auditing  with  attention  directed  to 
audit  reports  and  to   informational  systems.   Prerequisite:  Accounting   381-382. 

394.  Fund  Accounting  (3).  Principles  and  applications  appropriate  to  govern- 
mental and  other  non-profit  institutions.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  381-382  or  consent. 

395.  Tax  Accounting  (4).  Problems  and  procedures  in  connection  with  Federal  and 
state  tax  laws  including  the  preparation  of  various  reports.  Prerequisite:  Accounting 
281-282. 

398.  Advanced  Accounting  Problems  (3).  Practical  problems  and  recent  develop- 
ments in  accounting  procedure.  Prerequisite:  Accounting  381-382. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings    (1   to  3  —  1    to  3). 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research   (1  to  3  —  1  to  3 ) . 

405-406.  Independent  Study   ( 1  to  3  —  1   to  3 ) . 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Accounting    (3-3).  I 

451-452.  Internship  ( 1  to  6  —  1  to  6).  Practical  experience  and  training  with 
selected  business  and  government  institutions. 

EDUCATION 

Emeritus   Professor:  ROBERT  EDGAR  MOORE,   Ph.D. 

Associate   Professor:  MYRTIS   FLOWERS  MEADERS,  M.Ed.,  Acting  Chairman 

Assistant   Professors:  IRA  WILFORD   HARVEY,   M.S. 

LINDA  MORROW  HARVEY,  M.   Ed. 
Instructors:  CATHERINE   HESS   BRACE,   M.A. 

LOUISE   ESCUE   BYLER,   M.M.Ed. 

Courses  in  Education,  with  the  exception  of  205  and  207,  are  not  open  to  freshmen. 
Professional  training  is  offered  in  both  the  secondary  and  elementary  fields  and  is 
designed  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  Division  of  Certification,  State  Department 
of  Education,  for  the  Class  A  Certificate  in  both  fields. 

Requirements  for  Major  in  Elementary  Education:  Students  majoring  in  Elementary 
Education  are  required  to  complete  the  courses  necessary  to  obtain  the  Mississippi  Class 
A  Elementary  Certificate. 

60  ECONOMICS,  ACCOUNTING,  AND  ADMINISTRATION 


205.  Child  Psychology  (3).  A  study  of  the  growth  and  development  of  the  indi- 
vidual from   infancy  through  childhood.   Same  as   Psychology  205. 

207,  Adolescent  Psychology  (3).  A  study  of  all  aspects  of  psychological  development 
during  the  adolescent  years.  Same  as  Psychology  207.  (A  student  may  not  receive 
credit  for  both  205  and  207.) 

211.  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  This  course  is  designed  to  teach 
an  understanding  of  the  structure  of  the  number  system  as  well  as  the  vocabulary 
and  concepts  of  sets,  algebra,  and  geometry  on  the  elementary  level,  with  emphasis 
on  individualized  instruction.   Prerequisite:  Psychology  205  or  207. 

213-214.  Reading  in  the  Elementary  School  (3-3).  Methods  and  materials  for 
teaching  reading  in  the  primary  grades,  with  emphasis  on  individualized  instruction. 
Prerequisite:  Psychology  205  or  207. 

305.  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  The  communication  skills;  speak- 
ing, writing,  and  listening  with  special  emphasis  on  linguistics.  Prerequisite:  Education 
205    or   207. 

311.  Literature.  Kindergarten  through  3rd  grade  (3).  Materials  and  methods  of 
teaching  literature  in  the  primary  grades.    Prerequisite:    Psychology  205  or  207. 

313.  Literature.  4th  grade  through  Junior  High  School  (3).  Materials  and  methods 
of  teaching  literature  in  intermediate  grades  and  junior  high  school.  Prerequisite: 
Psychology   205  or  207. 

320.  Science  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  This  course  covers  the  content  (subject 
matter),  materials,  resources,  and  methods  of  teaching  and  learning  science  in  the 
elementary  school.     Prerequisite:     Psychology   205   or   207. 

321.  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  This  course  emphasizes  the  subject 
matter,  materials,  and  methods  of  teaching  and  learning  the  social  studies  in  the 
elementary   school.     Prerequisite:     Psychology   205   or   207. 

323.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  The  teaching  of  music  for  classroom 
teachers.  The  basic  elements  of  theory  are  included.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  205 
or  207. 

337.  Art  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Subject  matter,  methods,  and  materials  of 
teaching  art  in  the  primary  grades  with  emphasis  on  correlation  with  other  learning 
areas.     Prerequisite:     Psychology   205   or  207. 

341.  Measurement  and  Evaluation  (3).  Principles  and  techniques  of  educational 
measurement  and  evaluation.  This  includes  test  terminology,  types  of  instruments, 
selection  procedures,  and  the  administering,  scoring,  tabulation,  and  interpretation 
of  test  data. 

345.  Principles  of  Education  (3).  Principles  and  techniques  of  teaching  the  elemen- 
tary grades  including  philosophy  and  foundations  of  education,  organizational  patterns 
which  include  the  self-contained  classroom,  team  teaching,  and  non-gradedness. 

352.  Educational  Psychology  (3).  Applications  of  psychology  to  problems  of  learning 
and  teaching.  Same  as   Psychology   352. 

362.  General  Methods  of  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (3).  A  practicum,  introducing 
the  students  to  methods  of  individualizing  instruction.  Prerequisites:  Education  207 
or    352. 

372.  Principles  of  Secondary  Education  (3).  This  course  is  designed  to  orient  those 
students  who  are  planning  to  teach  in  the  high  school  to  certain  principles  and 
problems  of  our  modern  high  schools,  including  guidance.  Prerequisites:  Education 
207  and  352. 

401-402      Directed  Study   (1  to  3  —  1   to  3 ) .      Consent  of  department  chairman. 

EDUCATION  61 


430.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School  (6).  The 
student  observes  and  teaches  in  an  accredited  elementary  school  throughout  the 
semester.  This  experience  is  supported  by  seminars  and  conferences  between  students 
and  college  supervisors.    Prerequisites:   C   Average   and   Education    211,    213-214. 

431-432.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School  (3-3). 
The  student  observes  and  teaches  in  an  accredited  elementary  school  throughout  the 
academic  year.  This  experience  is  supported  by  seminars  and  conferences  between 
students  and  college  supervisors.  Prerequisites:  C  Average  and  Education  211,  213- 
214. 

452.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (6).  The  stu- 
dent observes  and  teaches  throughout  a  semester  in  an  accredited  secondary  school. 
This  experience  is  supported  by  seminars  and  conferences  between  students  and 
college  supervisors.  Prerequisite:  C  Average  and  Education  362. 

453-454.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School  (3-3). 
The  student  observes  and  teaches  throughout  the  academic  year  in  an  accredited 
secondary  school.  This  experience  is  supported  by  seminars  and  conferences  between 
students  and  college  supervisors.  Prerequisites:  C  Average  and  Education  362. 

ENGLISH 

The  Milton  Christian  White  Chair  of  English   Literature 

Professor:  GEORGE  WILSON    BOYD,   Ph.D.,   Chairman 

Associate   Professors:  PAUL   DOUGLAS   HARDIN,  A.M. 

*  ROBERT   HERBERT  PADGETT,   A.M. 

Assistant   Professors:  LOIS  TAYLOR   BLACKWELL,  A.M. 

DANIEL  G.    HISE,   Ph.D. 
Instructor:  MARSHALL  THEODORE    KEYS,   A.M. 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  English  are  ( 1  )  to  give  all  students  proficiency 
in  the  writing  of  clear  and  correct  English,  and  to  make  them  familiar  with  the  master 
works  which  are  the  literary  heritage  of  the  English  people;  (2)  to  give  to  ail  who 
wish  to  pursue  electives  in  the  department  an  understanding  and  appreciation  of 
selected  authors  and  periods  of  literature;  and  (3)  to  provide  for  those  who  wish  to 
teach  or  enter  graduate  school,   preparation  and   background  for  specialized  study. 

Requirements  for  Major:  An  English  major  is  required  to  take  English  101- 
102,  103-104,  or  105,  201-202,  491  in  the  first  semester  of  the  senior  year  and 
eighteen  hours  of  other  courses  in  the  department.  Beginning  with  academic  year 
1974-75,  all  juniors  are  required  to  take  English  481.  Majors  must  complete  the  201- 
202  course  in  Greek,  Latin,  or  a  modern  foreign  language  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better, 
or  pass  an  equivalent  proficiency  examination.  Students  planning  to  pursue  graduate 
study  in  English  are  advised  that  a  reading  knowledge  of  French,  German,  and  sometimes 
Latin  is  generally  required.  A  minimum  of  one  year  of  Latin  or  Greek  is  strongly 
recommended  for  all  majors. 

101-102.  Composition.  (3-3).  A  year's  study  of  fundamentals  of  rhetoric  and  com- 
position. The  first  semester  has  weekly  themes  and  introductions  to  essays,  short 
stories,  and  the  novel;  the  second  semester  teaches  the  research  paper  and  intro- 
ductions to  poetry  and  drama. 

103-104.  Composition.  (2-2).  A  specially  designed  English  composition  course 
correlated  with  Heritage  101-102,  the  Cultural  Heritage  of  the  West,  and  intended 
to  develop  and  augment  the  student's  abilities  in  reading,  writing,  and  speaking. 
Corequisite:  Heritage  101-102. 

*0n  leave,  1973-74. 

62  EDUCATION 


105.  Advanced  Freshman  Composition.  (3).  Designed  for  freshmen  with  exceptionally 
strong  preparation  in  English,  as  evidenced  by  an  ACT  score  of  27  or  above  and 
the  extempore  writing  of  an  acceptable  theme  for  a  department  committee,  this 
course  concentrates  steadily  on  expository,  critical,  and  some  creative  writing.  Readings 
in  poetry  and  short  fiction  furnish  materials  and  occasion  for  the  writing. 
English   105  fulfills  the  total  College  requirement  in  English  composition. 

201-202.  English  Literature.  (3-3).  A  survey  of  English  literature  from  the  beginnings 
to  the  present.  Section  1  of  each  course  is  especially  designed  for  prospective  English 
majors  and  Heritage  program  graduates.  Prerequisite:  English  101-102,  103-104,  or 
105. 

301-302.  American  Literature.  (3-3).  A  survey  of  American  literature  from  the 
seventeenth  century  to  the  present.  Need  not  be  taken  in  sequence.  Prerequisite: 
English  101-102,  103-104,  or  105. 

313-314.  Literature  of  the  Western  World.  (3-3).  A  chronological  study  of  selected 
major  works  of  European  literature  (in  translation)  from  Homer  to  Cervantes  (first 
semester)  and  from  Moliere  to  Camus  (second  semester).  Each  semester  may  be 
taken   separately.    Prerequisite   or  corequisite:    English   201-202. 

319.  Renaissance  Non-Dramatic  Prose  and  Poetry.  (3).  A  survey  of  non-dramatic 
English  literature  from  More's  Utopia  to  the  end  of  the  sixteenth  century,  with 
particular  emphasis  on  the  development  of  the  lyric  and  on  the  early  books  of  The 
Faerie  Queene.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

321.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Seventeenth  Century.  (3).  A  study  of  the  works 
of  the  representative  writers  of  the  seventeenth  century,  exclusive  of  John  Milton. 
Prerequisite:  English  201  -202. 

322.  English  Prose  and  Poetry  of  the  Eighteenth  Century.  (3).  A  study  of  English 
literature  of  the  eighteenth  century,  selected  from  the  works  of  the  major  writers. 
Prerequisite:  English  201  -202. 

325.  English  Romantic  Poets.  ( 3 ) .  A  study  of  the  poetry  and  the  prose  of  the 
Romantic  poets.  Library  readings  and  a  term  paper  are  required.  Prerequisite  or 
corequisite:  English  201-202. 

326.  Tennyson,  Browning,  and  Arnold.  (3).  A  study  of  the  poetry  and  prose  of  the 
major  Victorian  poets.  Library  readings  and  papers  are  required.  Prerequisite  or  co- 
requisite:  English  201-202. 

331.  History  of  the  English  Novel.  (3).  Novels  from  Fielding  to  Hardy  are  cast  in 
their  historical  contexts,  with  specific  consideration  of  types,  movements,  and  critical 
techniques.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

332.  Modern  Fiction.  (3).  A  study  of  twentieth-century  British,  American,  and 
Continental  fiction,  emphasizing  major  trends  and  major  authors,  with  an  intensive 
reading  of  selected  novels.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

337.  Modern  Drama.  (3).  A  study  of  British,  American,  and  Continental  drama  since 
1890.  Approximately  fifty  plays  are  assigned  for  reading.  Prerequisite:  English 
201-202. 

341.  Modern  English  and  American  Poetry.  (3).  A  survey  of  English  and  American 
poetry  since  1900.  Prerequisite:  English  201-202. 

350.  Major  American  Writers.  (3).  A  concentrated  study  of  selected  major  Ameri- 
can authors.  Writers  and  works  to  be  studied  will  vary  from  year  to  year.  Prerequisite: 
English   201-202. 

361.  Chaucer.  (3).  An  introduction  to  Middle  English  language  and  literature;  a 
reading  of  the  Troilus  and  all  the  Canterbury  Tales.  Reading  and  reports  from  Chaucer 
scholarship   and   a   critical   paper.    Prerequisite:    English    201-202. 

ENGLISH  63 


365-366.  Shakespeare.  (3-3).  A  study  of  representative  plays  of  Shakespeare,  witi 
special  attention  to  structural  principles,  themes,  and  language  and  to  the  back 
grounds  and  customs  of  the  Elizabethan  theatre.  There  is  some  parallel  reading  iii 
other  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  dramatists.  The  first  semester  focuses  on  the  play 
before  1603,  especially  the  histories;  the  second  semester  focuses  on  the  tragedie: 
and  late  romances.  Each  semester  may  be  taken  separately.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite 
English  201-202.  I 

367.  Milton.  (3).  A  reading  of  the  important  minor  poems,  selected  prose,  and  all  o' 
Paradise  Lost,  Paradise  Regained,  and  Samson  Agonistes.  Reading  and  reports  fronri 
Milton  scholarship   and   a   critical   paper.    Prerequisite:    English   201-202.  I 

393-394.  Creative  Writing.  (3).  A  course  in  the  reading  and  writing  cf  poetry  and, 
in  alternate  years,  short  fiction.  j 

397.  Advanced  English  Grammar  and  Composition.  (3).  An  intensive  study  of  Englishi 
grammar,  taking  account  of  both  current  American  usage  and  formal,  traditional  usage,! 
and  a  re-examination  of  expository  composition  as  based  on  thesis  and  logical  outline.' 
Prerequisite:  English   101-102,   103-104,  or   105.  i 

405-406.      Independent  Study.    ( 1    to  3  —  1    to  3 ) .      A  course  designed  for  advanced 

students  who  wish  to  do  reading  and  research   in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of' 
the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  chairman  of  the  English  Department.  I 

481.  Junior  Seminar.  (3).  A  survey  of  critical  theory  from  Aristotle  to  the  present.: 
Special  attention  will  be  given  to  the  various  modern  critical  methodologies  and  their 
application   to  specific   literary  texts. 

491.  Senior  Seminar.  (2).  The  seminar  culminates  in  the  Senior  English  Essay.  Topic 
and  professor  are  announced  each  spring. 

GEOLOGY 

Associate    Professor:  WENDELL   B.    JOHNSON,   M.S.,   Acting   Chairman 

Geology  at  Millsaps  is  designed  to  offer  the  usual  basic  courses.  They  are  supple- 
mented by  extensive  work  in  the  Gulf  Coastal  Plain  —  modern  sedimentation  in  Gulf 
Coastal  waters,  stratigraphy  of  Mississippi  and  adjacent  states,  and  Mississippi's  petroleum 
industry.  Offerings  are  designed  to  give  students  a  foundation  for  graduate  study  leading 
to  professional  work  in  industry  or  in  teaching. 

Any  student  may  enter  physical  geology.  Other  geology  courses  require  specific 
prerequisites.  Most  courses  require  laboratory  work,  some  of  which  is  field  work. 
Advanced   courses,   of   the   200-300   series,   are   offered    each   third   semester. 

Requirements  for  Major:  To  major  in  Geology,  a  student  must  take  Geology  101- 
102,  200,  201,  211,  212,  221,  250,  and  six  semester  hours  of  Field  Geology. 
The  field  geology  may  be  G331  and  G332  combined,  S371  at  another  college,  or  six 
hours  of  G480.  Majors  must  take  Mathematics  115-116,  Biology  121,  Chemistry  121- 
125  (and  laboratories  122-126),  and  Physics  101-102  or  131-132.  Additional  required 
courses  are  three  or   more   hours  each   in   Mathematics,   Chemistry,   and   Physics. 

SI  00.  Survey  of  the  Earth  Sciences  (6).  Basic  principles  of  earth  sciences;  geology, 
geochemistry,  geophysics,  oceanography,  and  space  science.  Lecture,  laboratory,  and 
field  trips.  Fifteen  lecture-laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Junior  or  senior 
standing  in  high  school  and  recommendation  by  high  school  principal. 

101,       Physical  Geology    (3).      The  earth,  the  rocks  which  comprise  its  surface,  erosional 
and   depositional    processes,    volcanism,    deformation,    and   economic    deposits.    One   or 
two  field  trips.  Two   lecture  hours  and  two  hours   laboratory. 
Offered  each  fall  semester,  spring  semester,  and  first  term  summer  school. 

64  ENGLISH 


,   102.      Historical  Geology   (3).      The  successive  events  leading  to  the  present  configura- 

ition  of  the  continental  masses,   accounting   for  the   kinds  and  distribution  of  surface 
rocks  and  minerals.  Several   trips  to  fossiliferous   areas   easily  accessible   to  Jackson. 
Two    lecture    hours   and   two   hours    laboratory.    Prerequisite:    Geology    101,    or   to    be 
j       taken  concurrently  with   Geology    101. 

Offered  each  fall  semester,  spring  semester,  and  second  term  summer  school. 

200.      Crystallography    (3).      Unit  cell   dimensions  of  the  crystallographic  systems   illu- 

(strated  by  mineral  crystals,   laboratory-grown  crystals,  geometric   models,  x-ray  struc- 
ture,   stereographic    projections,    and    goniometric    measurements.    Two    lecture    hours 
and  two  hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  trigonometry. 
Next  offered  spring  semester   1974-75. 

'201.  Mineralogy  (3).  Geometrical,  physical  and  chemical  properties,  genesis,  and 
atomic   structures   of   minerals.    Use    is    made   of   a    spectroscope,   differential    thermal 

'       analysis,  density  balances,  blowpipe  methods,  and  x-ray  equipment.  A  valuable  elec- 
tive for  chemistry  majors.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours   laboratory.   Prerequisites: 
Geology  200  and  Chemistry  121-125,   122-126. 
Next  offered   fall   cemester   1975-76. 

i  202.      Economic  Geology    (3).      The  chief  economic   rocks  and   minerals  of  the   United 
'       States   and   other   countries,   with   consideration   of   their   stratigraphy,    genesis,    value 

and  use.  Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory.   Prerequisite:  Geology   101-102, 

200,  and  201.  Chemistry  372  will  be  helpful. 

Next  offered  fall  semester  1974-75. 

211.  Geomorphology  (3).  A  more  detailed  treatment  of  land  forms  than  provided 
in  Geology  101.  The  physiographic  provinces  and  sections  of  the  United  States  are 
studied  systematically,  but  most  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  Coastal  Plain.  An  interest- 
ing elective  for  politicai  science  and  sociology  majors.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two 
hours  laboratory.  Prerequisite;  Geology  101-102. 
Next   offered   spring   semester    1974-75. 

"212.  Structural  Geology  (3).  Structural  features  of  the  rocks  comprising  the  earth's 
crust,  their  origin,  and  their  relations  to  economic  geology.  Two  lecture  hours  and 
two  hours  laboratory.  A  profitable  course  for  pre-law  students  and  mathematics  majors. 
Prerequisite:   Geology    101-102  or  consent  of   instructor. 

'        Next  offered    fall    semester    1975-76. 
221.      invertebrate   Paleontology    (3).      Classification  and  morphology  of  fossil   inverte- 

'       brates  with   reference   to  evolutionary   history  and   environment.    Field  trips  to  collect 
the   diagnostic   fossils  of   Mississippi.   An   interesting   elective   for  biology   and   anthro- 
pology majors.  Two   lecture  hours  and  two  hours  of   laboratory.   Prerequisite:   Geology 
1  01 -1  02  for  geology  majors.  Biology  1  01 -1  02  or  Biology  1  21 -1  22  for  biology  majors. 
Next  offered   fall   semester   1975-76. 
250.      Principles  of  Stratigraphy    (3).      Rock   sequences   treated    in   greater   detail   than 
in    Historical    Geology.    Lithologic    and    paleontologic    facies    of    various    parts    of    the 
United  States.   Several  overnight  field  trips.  Two   lecture  hours  and   two  hours   labora- 
tory. Prerequisite:  Geology  101-102. 
Next  offered  fall  semester  1974-75. 
301.      Geology    of    Mississippi     (3).      The   stratigraphy,    structure,    and    physiography    of 
the  southeastern   United   States  and   especially  of   Mississippi.    One   two-day   field    trip 
and    several    short    ones    provide    field    information.    A    profitable    course    for    pre-law 
students.  Two  lecture  hours  and  two  hours  laboratory.   Prerequisite:  Geology   101-102, 
21  1 ,  and  21  2  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Offered  on  request. 

311.  Ignecus  and  Metamorphic  Petrology  (3).  A  petrologic  study  of  the  megascopic 
and  microscopic  characteristics  of  igneous  and  metamorphic  rocks  and  their  use  in 
rock  classification.    Practice   in    identification  through   the   use  of   hand   specimens  and 

GEOLOGY  65 


thin  sections.  Prerequisite:  Geology  200  and  201   or  advanced  standing  for  Chemistrv 

and  Physics  majors,  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Next  offered  spring  semester   1974-75.  | 

312.      Optical   Mineralogy    (3).      An    introduction   to   the   petrographic   microscope,   es- 
pecially to  the  reflective,  refractive,  and  polarizing  properties  of  light  for  the  identi- 
fication   of    mineral    fragments    and    minerals    in    thin    section.    Prerequisite:    Geology 
200  and  201. 
Next  offered  fall  semester  1974-75. 

321.  Sedimentary  Petrology  (3).  Unconsolidated  and  consolidated  sedimentary  rocks 
as  determined  by  megascopic  and  microscopic  mineralogy,  x-ray,  spectrochemical  and 
differential  thermal  analyses,  mechanical  analyses,  genesis,  and  classification.  A 
stream  table  is  used  to  demonstrate  primary  alluvial   features  and  shoreline   features. 

Several  trips  in  the  Jackson-Vicksburg  area.  Prerequisite:  Geology  312  or  consent  of 

the  instructor. 

Next  offered   fall   semester   1975-76. 

G331.  Physical  Marine  Geology  (3).  Physical  processes  at  work  on  the  shores  and 
shallows  of  Mississippi  Sound.  Beaches  and  spits  will  be  surveyed  periodically  to 
determine  changes  in  shape,  height,  cross-section,  lateral  shift,  and  particle  distribu- 
tion and  to  observe  growth  and  destruction  of  bars,  cusps,  spits,  and  tidepools*. 
Prerequisite:  Geology  101,  102,  201,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Offered  at  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory,  second  term  of  summer  school. 

G332.  Chemical  Marine  Geology  (3).  Supervised  research  on  the  chemistry  of  the 
waters  of  Mississippi  Sound  and  the  geochemistry  of  the  bottoms.  Studies  will  be 
made  of  the  lateral,  vertical,  and  tidal  changes  in  water  composition.  Analyses  of 
core  samples  taken  from  different  environments:  bayous,  mudflats,  bars,  oyster  reefs, 
bays,  tidal  channels,  and  sandy  shelves.  Prerequisites:  Geology  101,  102,  201, 
quantitative  analysis  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Offered  at  Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory,  second  term  of  summer  school,  following  G  331. 

S371.  Field  Geology  (6  to  8).  A  field  course  in  one  of  the  numerous  summer  camps 
offering  practical  training  in  the  standard  methods  of  geologic  field  work.  Three  to 
eight  hours  credit  depending  on  the  duration  of  the  camp.  Prerequisite:  To  be  deter- 
mined by  the  college  or  colleges  operating  the  course,  the  probable  equivalent  of 
Geology   101-102,  211-212,  and  Geology  200,  201    and  221. 

401  -402.  Special  Problems  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3 ) .  Open  to  advanced  students  who  have 
individual  problems  in  the  field  or  in  laboratory.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 
Offered  each  semester  and  lummer  session. 

403-404.      Directed  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).      Open  only  to  approved  students. 

G480.      Gulf  Coast  Summer  Research  in  Marine  Science   (3-12).      See  page  49. 

GEOGRAPHY 

SI 05.  Physical  Geography  (3).  The  human  habitat,  designed  for  general  education, 
providing  basic  knowledge  of  the  important  subdivisions  based  on  landforms,  climate, 
soils,  natural  vegetation,  and  bodies  of  water.  Map  work  and  other  visual  aids  will  be 
used.  This  course  is  a  valuable  elective  for  elementary  education,  history,  political 
science,  and  sociology-psychology  majors.  f 

Offered  in  summer  school. 

S205.  Economic  Geography  (3 ) .  Regional  geography  of  the  world  with  emphasis  on 
social  and  economic  problems.  Special  study  is  devoted  to  changing  trends  in  the 
distribution  of  population,  natural  resources,  and  production  facilities.  This  is  a 
desirable  elective  for  majors  in  economics,  history,  political  science,  and  education. 
Three  hours  lecture  each  week. 
Offered  in  summer  school. 


66  GEOLOGY 


GERMAN 

Associate   Professor:  JOHN   L.   GUEST,   A.M.,  Chairman 

The  German  department  courses  have  been  set  up  to  give  those  students  taking 
their  language  requirement  in  this  department  a  firm  basis  in  grammar  and  an  intro- 
duction to  the  literature  of  this  language.  For  majors  in  the  department,  courses  have 
been  designed  to  give  the  student  a  broad  and  basic  conception  of  the  great  literature 
and  history  of  Germany.  Students  are  required  to  attend  scheduled  exercises  in  the 
language   laboratory. 

Credit  is  not  given  for  one  semester  of  the  elementary  course  unless  the  other 
semester  is  completed.  Students  who  have  credit  for  two  or  more  units  of  a  modern 
foreign  language  in  high  school  may  not  receive  credit  for  the  101-102  course  in 
the  same  language.  Those  who  have  such  credit  will  be  given  a  standard  placement 
test  as  part  of  the  orientation  program  and  on  the  basis  of  this  test  will  be  advised 
as  to  whether  they  are  prepared  to  continue  the  language  at  the  college  level  or 
whether  they  should  take  the  101-102  course  on  a  non-credit  basis.  Students  are 
encouraged  to  take  advanced  placement  tests. 

!  Requirements  for  Major:      To  major  in  German,  a  student  must  take  German  341- 

342  and  any  other  twenty-four  hours  in  the  department. 

101-102.      Beginning  German    (3-3).      This  course  is  designed  to  give  beginners  the 
'     fundamentals  of  grammar  and  a  basic  knowledge  of  the  language. 

,201-202.      Intermediate  German  (3-3).      Review  of  grammar.  The  student  is  introduced 
j     to  some   important  writers  of  German   literature.    Prerequisite:    German    101-102  or 
the  equivalent. 

251-252.      Conversation   and    Composition    (3-3).      Exercises    and    practice    in    writing 
and  speaking  the  German   language.   Prerequisite:   Permission  of  the   instructor. 

341-342.      Survey-History  of  German   Literature    (3-3).      Survey  of  German  literature 

up  to  Goethe,  discussing  authors,  works,  with  oral  and  written   reports  by  students. 

Laboratory  sessions   will    be   devoted   to   the   art,   music,    and   history   of   the    period. 

Prerequisite:  Permission  of  the  instructor. 

To  be  offered  in  1974-75. 
351-352.      Goethe,  Schiller    (3-3).      The  major  poems  and  dramas  and  selected  prose 
I     works    of    Goethe,    together   with    the    major   dramas    of    Schiller,    will    be    read    and 

analyzed.   Laboratory  sessions  will  be  devoted  to  the  art,  music,  and  history  of  the 
I     jjeriod. 

Not  offered  in  1974-75. 
361-362.      Nineteenth   Century  German   Literature    (3-3).      Readings  from  the   major 
I     figures  of  Romanticism  and  Realism,  including  Kleist,  Hoelderlin,  Grillparzer,  Hebbel, 

Heine,   Meyer,   Storm,    Keller,   and   Fontane.    Laboratory   sessions   will   be   devoted   to 

the  art,  music,  and  history  of  the  period. 
Not  offered  in  1 974-75. 
371-372.      Modern  German  Literature    (3-3).      Readings   in  the  major  writers  of  the 
'     period,    including    Hauptmann,    George,    Rilke,    Hofmannstha!,    Mann,    Hesse,    Kafka, 

and  Brecht.  Laboratory  sessions  will  be  devoted  to  the  art,  music,  and  history  of  the 

period. 

To  be  offered  in  1974-75. 
401-402.      Directed  Study   (1   to  3  —  1   to  3).      Special  programs  of  reading  and  re- 
i     search  supervised  by  the  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

I1 1-412.     Special  Topics  Course  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3 ) . 

191.      Seminar  (1).      Discussions  of  topics  of  interest. 

GERMAN  67 


HISTORY 

Professors:  FRANK  MILLER   LANEY,  JR.,    Ph.D.,   Chairman  j 

ROSS   HENDERSON   MOORE,    Ph.D. 
Associate    Professors:  WILLIAM   CHARLES   SALLIS,   Ph.D.  | 

J.    HARVEY  SAUNDERS,   Ph.D.  j 

Assistant   Professor;  ROBERT  S.   McELVAINE,   M.A.  | 

History  courses  have  been  so  planned  that  the  student  may  follow  the  causal' 
relationship  in  human  development.  Upon  a  thorough  factual  foundation,  emphasis  is 
placed  on  the  progressive  organization  of  social,  intellectual,  and  moral  ideas  of  peoples! 
and  nations.  In  the  approach  to  an  understanding  of  historical  phenomena^  literature. j 
religion,  racial  factors,  economic  conditions,  and  social  institutions,  as  well  as  formsj 
of  government,  will  be  considered.  j 

Requirement-s  for  Major:  To  be  accepted  as  a  History  major,  a  student  must 
have  a  2.50  average  in  History  and  maintain  this  grade  for  his  full  course.  History 
101-102  or  Heritage  101-102,  History  201-202,  and  History  401  must  be  includedj 
in  the  24  semester  hours  of  History  required  for  a  major.  A  preliminary  test  must  be 
passed  at  least  one  academic  year  before  the  comprehensive  examination.  Students  whoi 
expect  to  take  graduate  work  should  take  French  and  German.  i 

101.  Western  Civilization  to  1815  (3).  A  general  survey  of  Western  political, 
economic,   and  social    institutions  to   the   nineteenth   century.    Staff. 

102.  Western  Civilization  since  1815  (3).  A  study  of  European  expansion  and 
world  influence  from  the  time  of  Napoleon  to  the  present.  Staff. 

201.  History  of  the  United  States  to  1865  (3).  A  general  course  in  American  history, 
covering  the  European  background  of  colonial  life,  the  Revolution,  the  Constitution, 
and   the   development  of   the   nation   through    the   Civil   War.    Mr.    McElvaine.  | 

202.  History  of  the  United  States  from   1865    (3).      The  history  of  the   United  Statesi 

from    1  865   to  the   present.   Mr.   McElvaine.  i 

i 

203.  Black  History.    (3).      A  general  survey  of  the  black  experience  in  America  from' 

pre-colonial  times  to  the  present.  Topics  will  include  the  African  heritage,  the  insti-| 
tution  of  slavery.  Reconstruction,  disfranchisement,  and  the  struggle  for  equality.! 
Dr.    Sallis.  I 

305.  The  Old  South  (3).  Development  of  the  southern  region  of  the  United  Statesi 
from  the  time  of  discovery  to  the  close  of  the  Civil  War.  Emphasis  is  placed  on 
the  social  and  economic  structure  of  the  Southern  society  during  the  late  ante-- 
bellum  period  and  on  the  sectional  controversy  that  culminated  in  secession  andi 
Civil  War.    Dr.   Sallis.    Prerequisite:   Junior  standing   or  consent   of   instructor.  ' 

306.  The  New  South  (3).  The  effects  of  the  Civil  War  and  Reconstruction  on  the| 
social,  economic,  and  political  structure  of  the  South,  and  the  development  of  thej 
New  South.   Dr.   Sallis.   Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor.  i 

308.  Mississippi  and  Its  Relation  to  the  South  (3).  A  consideration  of  the  develop- 1 
ment  of  the  political,  social,  and  economic  institutions  that  form  the  basis  of  society' 
in  Mississippi,  emphasizing  the  post  Civil  War  period.  Students  may  enroll  for  306! 
or  308,  but  not  both.  Dr.  Sallis.  Prerequisite:  Junior  standing  or  consent  of  instructor.] 

309.  The  American  Revolution  and  the  Establishment  of  the  Federal  Union,  1754-| 
1789  (3).  A  study  of  the  men,  forces,  and  events  in  the  American  movement  for 
independence  and  unity,  concluding  with  an  account  of  the  launching  of  the  ship! 
of  state  with  the  Federalists  at  the  helm.  Dr.  Sallis.  Prerequisite:  History  201  or 
consent  of  instructor. 

310.  The  Age  of  Jefferson  and  Jackson,  1800-1849  (3).  A  continuation  of  History 
309,   this  course  will   emphasize   the   rapid   expansion   of  the   early   republic   and   the 

68  HISTORY 


effects  of  this  growth  on  the  society  of  the   nation  and   its  sections.    Dr.   Sallis.   Pre- 
requisite:  History  201    or  consent  of   instructor. 

■311.  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  A  topical  study  of  the  history  of  the 
United  States  1900-1933,  with  emphasis  on  political,  economic,  and  social  problems. 
Mr.  McElvaine.  Prerequisite:  History  202  or  consent  of  instructor. 
312.  America  in  the  Twentieth  Century  (3).  A  continuation  of  History  311  from 
1933  to  the  present.  Special  reports  will  be  required.  Mr.  McElvaine.  Prerequisite: 
History   202  or   consent   of    instructor. 

J 13-3 14.  Social  and  Intellectual  History  of  the  United  States  (3-3).  A  survey  of 
the  significant  political,  social,  economic,  and  philosophical  ideas  of  the  American 
people.    Basic    institutions   will   be   examined,    along    with    influences   acting    upon    the 

,  intellectual  and  cultural  developments  in  the  United  States.  First  semester:  From 
Colonial  times  to  the  Civil  War.  Second  Semester:  From  the  Civil  War  to  the  present. 

5321.  Problems  in  Modern  History  (3).  The  nature  and  impact  of  such  present-day 
1  problems  in  international  relations  as  Nationalism,  Imperialism,  Militarism,  and  Propa- 
1      ganda.   Dr.  Moore.  Prerequisite:   History   101-102  or  Heritage   101-102. 

5322.  Problems  in  Modern  History  (3).  A  broad  view  of  the  history  of  Europe  since 
'  1914.  Dr.  Moore.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  Heritage  101-102. 
'323-324.  Nineteenth  Century  Europe  (3-3).  A  general  survey,  with  primary  empha- 
sis upon  the  development  of  the  major  European  states  and  on  international  relations. 
Some  attention  will  be  given  to  general  economic,  social,  and  cultural  trends.  First 
semester  covers  the  period  1815-1870;  second  semester  covers  the  period  1870- 
1914.  Prerequisite:  History  101-102  or  equivalent.   Dr.  Laney. 

325-326.  Twentieth  Century  Europe  (3-3),  A  general  survey  from  1914  to  the 
present.  The  first  semester  will  cover  the  period  1914-1939.  The  second  semester 
will  deal  with  World  War  II  and  the  post-war  era.  Dr.  Laney.  Prerequisite:  History 
101  -1  02  or  equivalent. 

327-328.  History  of  England  (3-3).  A  general  survey  from  Roman  times  to  the 
present.  Political,  social,  and  economic  developments  will  be  considered.  The  first 
semester  will  cover  the  period  down  to  the  Stuart  Era,  1603.  The  second  semester 
will  continue  the  study  to  the  contemporary  period,  with  some  attention  to  the 
development  of  the  British  Empire.   Dr.  Laney.  Prerequisite:  History   101-102. 

329-330.  History  of  Russia  (3-3).  A  general  survey  from  the  beginning  of  Russia 
to  the  present.  The  first  semester  will  cover  the  period  to  1855.  The  second  semester 
will  continue  the  study  down  to  the  contemporary  period,  with  special  attention 
to  the  late  1 9th  and  early  20th  century  revolutionary  movements  and  to  the  Soviet 
regime.    Dr.   Laney.    Prerequisite:    History    101-102  or  equivalent. 

334.  Current  Problems  (3).  Class  discussion  of  current  problems  of  national  and 
international    importance.   Open   to  students   who   have   6   sem.   hrs.   credit   in   history. 

I      Dr.   Moore. 

371.      Latin  America,   1492-1825    (3).      Political,   social,   and  economic   survey  of  the 

jj      Iberian   Empires  with  special  emphasis  on  Spanish  and   Portuguese   institutions   in  the 

I      New  World  and  the  Wars  of   Independence.   Dr.   Saunders. 

^372.      Latin  America,   1825-Present    (3).      The  foundation  of  the  Latin  American   Re- 

[      publics,    the    rise    of    dictators.    Special    emphasis    on    Mexico,    Brazil,    Argentina    and 

,     Chile.  Dr.  Saunders. 

.401.  Special  Problems  in  History  (3).  A  study  of  how  history  is  written  and  inter- 
preted and  of  problems  in  American  civilization.  May  be  taken  by  students  who 
have  6  sem.  hrs.   in  History  and  is  required  of  all  History  majors.   Dr.  Moore. 

402.  Directed  Readings  ( 1  to  3 ) .  A  course  designed  for  advanced  students  who  wish 
to  do  reading  in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  the  instructor.  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

HISTORY  69 


MATHEMATICS 


The  Benjamin  Ernest  Mitchell  Chair  of  Mathematics 

Professor:  SAMUEL   ROSCOE   KNOX,   Ph.D.,   Chairman 

Associate   Professor:  ARNOLD  A.    RITCHIE,   M.S. 

Assistant  Professors:  HERMAN   L.   McKENZIE,   M.S. 

ROBERT  A.   SHIVE,   JR.,    Ph.D. 

The  Mathematics  courses  at  Millsaps  are  intended  (1)  to  offer  an  experienc< 
in  a  sufficient  variety  of  basic  and  liberal  subjects  to  constitute  the  foundation  of  tha 
general  education  which  is  regarded  as  essential  to  balanced  development  and  intelligen 
citizenship;  (2)  to  meet  the  needs  of  four  types  of  students — (a)  those  who  wil 
proceed  to  the  usual  academic  degrees  at  the  end  of  four  years;  (b)  those  who  wil 
enter  graduate  or  professional  schools  after  three  or  four  years;  (c)  those  who  arc 
preparing  for  teaching,  scientific  investigation,  or  both;  and  (d)  those  who  will  tak< 
less  than  a  complete  academic  program. 

An  effort  is  made  to  show  the  student  that  there  is  an  intangible  worth  to  mathe- 
matics; that  there  is  such  a  thing  as  mathematics  as  an  art,  mathematics  for  its  owr 
sake,  mathematics  for  the  sheer  joy  of  comparing,  analyzing,  and   imagining. 

Requirements  for  Major:  In  addition  to  at  least  six  hours  of  calculus  and  the 
Senior  Seminar,  a  major  is  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  six  three-hour  courses  in  th( 
300-series.  Work  in  the  major  field  not  taken  in  residence  must  be  approved  by  the 
department. 

103-104.  Foundations  of  Mathematics  (3-3).  Designed  primarily  for  freshman  non- 
science  majors.  The  basic  principles  of  mathematics  are  studied  as  they  apply  to  < 
number  of  areas,  including  the  following:  sets,  algebra,  geometry,  logic,  probability 
and  analysis.  Mr.  Ritchie,  Mr.  McKenzie,  Dr.  Shive. 

105.  Mathematics  for  Teachers  I  (3).  A  course  in  the  structure  of  the  real  numbe 
system  and  of  its  subsystems.  Designed  for  the  prospective  elementary  school  teacher 

106.  Mathematics  for  Teachers  II  (3).  A  course  in  informal  geometry  and  the  basic 
concepts  of  algebra.  Also  designed  for  the  prospective  elementary  school  teacher. 

115-116.  Pre-calculus  Mathematics  (4-4).  A  two-semester  course  for  freshmer 
designed  to  provide  the  necessary  mathematical  background  for  the  study  of  calculus 
Dr.   Knox,  Dr.  Shive,  Mr.  McKenzie,  Mr.   Ritchie. 

172.  Elementary  Statistics  (3).  A  pre-calculus  course  designed  primarily  for  socia 
science  majors.  The  description  of  sample  data,  elementary  probability,  testing  hypo- 
theses, correlation,  regressit)n,  the  chi-square  distribution,  analysis  of  variance.  Dr 
Knox.  Prerequisite:  Mathematics  103  or  1  15.  ■ 

21 1.  Analytic  Geometry  (4).  A  combined  course  in  plane  and  solid  analytic  geometry 
Coordinate  systems  in  the  plane  and  in  space.  Curves  in  two  and  three  dimensions 
Transformations    of    coordinates.    Prerequisite:    Consent    of    instructor. 

S213.  Plane  Analytic  Geometry  (3).  Coordinate  systems.  The  straight  line,  circle 
ellipse,  parabola,  hyperbola.  Transformations.  The  general  equation  of  the  second  de- 
gree. Loci  and  higher  plane  curves.  Mr.  McKenzie.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the 
instructor. 

S215-S216.  Calculus  Is-lls  (4-4).  An  abbreviated  version  of  Mathematics  225- 
226   designed   for  summer   school.    Dr.    Knox.    Prerequisite:   Mathematics    116. 

70  MATHEMATICS 


S217-S218.  Calculus  Is-lls  (3-3).  Same  as  Mathematics  S215-S216  but  less  credit. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics  1  1  6. 

223-224.  Calculus  l-ll  (3-3).  Basically  the  same  as  Mathematics  225-226  but  with 
less  emphasis  on  theory.   Prerequisite:   Mathematics   116. 

225-226.  Calculus  l-ll  (5-5).  The  theory  and  application  of  limits  and  continuity, 
differentiation  and  integration  of  the  elementary  functions  of  one  variable,  series, 
introductory  multivariate  calculus.   Prerequisite:  Mathematics   116. 

325-326.  Calculus  lll-IV  (3-3).  Topological  concepts  and  a  rigorous  treatment  of 
continuity,  integration,  differentiation,  and  convergence  in  n-dimensional  Euclidean 
space.  Dr.  Shive.  Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

335.  Probability  (3).  The  concept  of  sample  space.  Discrete  and  continuous  prob- 
ability distributions.  Independence  and  conditional  probability.  Characteristics  of 
distributions.   Dr.   Knox.   Prerequisite:  Calculus   II. 

345.  Abstract  Algebra  (3).  Congruences,  groups,  rings,  ideals,  isomorphisms,  and 
homomorphisms,  fields,  equivalence.  Mr.   Ritchie.   Prerequisite:   Calculus   II. 

346.  Linear  Algebra  (3).  Vector  spaces  and  linear  transformations.  Algebra  of 
matrices.  Systems  of  linear  equations.  Eigenvalues  and  eigenvectors.  Mr.  McKenzie. 
Prerequisite:  Calculus  II. 

351.  Differential  Equations  (3).  A  first  course  in  differential  equations  of  the  first 
and  second  orders,  with  applications  to  geometry,  physics,  and  mechanics.  Dr.  Knox. 
Prerequisite:   Calculus    II. 

352.  Electronic  Analog  Computer  (1  ).  Linear  components,  time-scale  and  amplitude- 
scale  factors,  non- linear  components,  and  function-generating  techniques.  One  lecture 
period  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.   Dr.  Knox.   Prerequisite:  Mathematics  351. 

361.  College  Geometry  (3).  A  study  of  advanced  topics  in  Euclidean  geometry,  and 
an    introduction   to    non-Euclidean   geometries.    Mr.    Ritchie.    Prerequisite:    Calculus    I. 

371.  Introductory  Topology  (3).  Topological  spaces,  metric  spaces,  Hausdorff  spaces, 
compactness,  continuous  mappings.   Dr.   Shive.   Prerequisite:   Calculus    II. 

391-392.  Selected  Topics  in  Mathematics  (3-3).  Chosen  from  areas  such  as  applied 
mathematics,  number  theory,  complex  variables,  foundations  of  mathematics,  numerical 
analysis,   and  history  of  mathematics.   Prerequisite:  Consent  of  department   chairman. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3 ) .  For  students  who  wish  to  do  reading 
and  research  in  advanced  mathematics.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  department  chairman. 

491-492.  Seminar  (1-1).  Discussions  of  topics  of  interest  in  the  field  of  mathe- 
matics. 

MUSIC 

Professors:  C.    LELAND   BYLER,    M.M.,   Chairman 

MAGNOLIA  COULLET,    B.M.,  A.M. 
JONATHAN   SWEAT,    Ph.D. 

Associate   Professor:  DONALD   D.    KILMER,   M.M. 

Assistant   Professors:  McCARRELL   L.    AYERS,   M.M. 

FRANCIS   E.    POLANSKI,   M.M. 

Instructor:  LOUISE   ESCUE    BYLER,   M.M.Ed. 

Requirement    for   Major:      Students    majoring    in    music    may    apply    for    either    the 
Bachelor  of  Music  or  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree. 

MUSIC  71 


Bachelor  of  Music:  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Music  with  a  major  in  Piano,  Voice, 
or  Organ  may  be  earned  upon  completion  of  the  program  of  studies  outlined  on  page 
37-38.  The  minimum  number  of  credit  hours  required  for  this  degree  is  1  32  semester 
hours.  Bachelor  of  Music  candidates  are  required  to  give  a  full  recital  in  each  of  their 
final  two  years  of  study.  A  comprehensive  examination  is  required  during  the  senior  year. 

Bachelor  of  Arts:  The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  may  be  earned  with  a  major  in 
Piano,  Organ,  Voice,  or  Music  Education.  Specific  departmental  requirements  are  sixteen 
hours  of  applied  music  in  the  major  field,  and  twenty-five  hours  of  theory.  Juniors 
and  seniors  must  give  two  partial  recitals  or  a  full  senior  recital.*  A  comprehensive 
examination  is  required  during  the  senior  year.  Students  desiring  teacher  certification 
should  consider  state  requirements.  Ail  music  majors  shall  be  required  to  attend  all 
student  and  faculty  recitals,  and  weekly  studio  classes. 

PIANO  REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  piano,  the  student  must  have  an  ade- 
quate musical  and  technical  background  in  the  instrument.  He  should  know  and  be  able 
to  play  all  major  and  minor  scales.  He  should  have  had  some  learning  experience  in  all 
periods  of  the  standard  student  repertory,  such  as  the  Bach  two-part  inventions,  the 
Mozart  and  Haydn  sonatas,  the  Mendelssohn  Songs  Without  Words,  and  the  Bartok 
Mikrokomos. 

For  all  students  whose  principal  performing  instrument  is  not  piano  or  organ, 
a  piano  proficiency  examination  will  be  required  prior  to  graduation.  At  this  examination 
the  student  must  perform  acceptably,  from  memory,  the  following  material  (or  its 
equivalent  in  styles  and  difficulty)  :  the  major  and  minor  scales  and  arpeggios,  a  Bach 
two-part  invention,  a  movement  from  a  classical  sonatina,  a  romantic  and  a  contemporory 
work  of  moderate  difficulty.  Also  at  this  examination,  the  student's  ability  at  sight- 
reading  will  be  tested.  Until  the  student  passes  the  piano  proficiency  examination,  he 
will   be  required  to  study  piano  each  semester. 

Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  will  be  required  to  fulfill  repertory 
and  technical   requirements  as  specified  by  the  department. 

*The    Senior    Recital    must    be    given    only    while    the    student    is    registered    for    Senior 
level   applied   music. 

ORGAN   REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  organ,  the  student  must  have  completed 
sufficient  piano  study  to  enable  him  to  play  the  Bach  two-part  and  three-part  inventions, 
Mozart  and  Beethoven  sonatas,  and  compositions  by  Chopin,  Schumann,  Mendelssohn, 
and  Bartok.  The  student  should  also  know  and  be  able  to  play  all  major  and  mino' 
scales   and   arpeggios. 

Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  will  be  required  also  to  have  one 
year  of  voice  study,  one  semester  of  conducting,  directed  study  in  organ  literature 
and  the  techniques  of  playing  for  religious  services,  including  console  conducting. 

VOICE   REQUIREMENTS 

To  enter  the  four-year  degree  program  in  voice,  the  student  must  possess  above 
average  talent  and  evidence  ability  to  sing  with  correct  pitch,  phrasing,  and  musical 
intelligence.  He  should  possess  some  knowledge  of  the  rudiments  of  music  and  be 
able  to  sing  a  simple  song  at  sight.  He  should  have  had  some  experience  in  singing 
works  from  the  standard   repertory. 

72         MUSIC 


Candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  will  be  required  to  have  a  basic 
piano  proficiency,  to  take  a  conducting  course,  to  take  eighteen  hours  of  foreign 
languages  to  be  chosen  from  at  least  two  of  the  following:   French,  German,  or   Italian. 

MUSIC   EDUCATION 

Students  electing  the  Music  Education  major  will  receive  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree, 
not  the  Bachelor  of  Music.  Courses   required   for  this  major  will  be  found  on   page  41. 

Music  Theory 

101-102.  Basic  Theory  (4-4).  Includes  the  elements  of  music,  scales,  intervals,  and 
chords.  Harmonic  part-writing,  sight-singing  and  dictation,  and  keyboard  harmony. 
Three  lecture  hours  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week. 

201-202.  Intermediate  Theory  (4-4).  Harmonization  of  chorales,  modulation,  altered 
chords,  advanced  sight-singing,  harmonic  dictation,  and  keyboard  harmony.  Three 
lecture   hours   and   two   laboratory   hours   per   week.    Prerequisite    101-102. 

303-304.  Advanced  Theory  (4-4).  A  composite  course  combining  counterpoint,  form 
and  analysis,  composition,  and  orchestration.  First  semester  includes:  18th  century 
counterpoint;  "form  in  the  music"  and  "form  of  the  music";  composition  for  the 
keyboard;  and  the  study  of  orchestral  instruments.  The  second  semester  concerns 
itself  with  the  larger  forms  of  the  1  9th  century.  Three  lecture  hours  and  two  labora- 
tory hours  per  week.   Prerequisite:    Intermediate  Theory,   201-202. 

Music   Literature 

215.  Music  Appreciation  (3).  (For  non-majors).  The  literature  of  music  as  an 
important  aspect  of  Western  culture.  The  underlying  principles  of  form  employed 
in  the  composition  of  music  are  emphasized  in  order  to  provide  the  listener  with  the 
means  by  which  he  can  better  evaluate  and  appreciate  the  music  he  hears. 

251-252.  Music  Literature  (2-2).  An  introduction  to  music  history  and  music 
literature  with  special  emphasis  on  aural  comprehension  of  form,  style,  period,  and 
composer.   Open  to  non-music   majors  with  consent  of   instructor. 

381-382.  Music  History  (3-3).  A  comprehensive  study  of  music  from  antiquity 
to  1750,  first  semester,  and  from   1750  to  the  present,  second  semester. 

401.  Directed  Study  in  Music  Literature  (2).  Advanced  surveys  of  a  concentrated 
area  of  music  literature.  The  area  studied  depends  upon  the  applied  music  emphasis 
of   the   student. 

Church    Music 

315.  Music  in  Religion  (3).  A  survey  of  development  of  sacred  music  from  antiquity 
to  the  present.  Organization  and  administration  of  the  Church  music  program  is 
included.   Open  to   non-music   majors  on  consent  of  the   instructor. 

361.  Service  Playing  and  Repertory  (2).  A  survey  of  the  aspects  encountered  by 
the  organist  in  playing  services  in  various  churches,  including  the  study  of  hymns, 
liturgies  and  chants,  and  suitable  organ  music  for  the  Church  Year.  Open  to  ad- 
vanced organ  students. 

362.  Console  Conducting  (2).  Choral  techniques  applied  to  directing  from  the  con- 
sole. Includes  detailed  study  of  anthems,  accompanying,  and  directing  the  choir  or 
choirs.   Open   to  advanced   organ   students. 

MUSIC  73 


Music   Education 

323.  Music  in  the  Elementary  School  (3).  Teaching  of  music  for  classroom  teachers. 
The  basic  elements  of  theory  are   included.  Same  as  Education   323. 

333.  Music.  Grades  1-6  (3).  Administration  and  teaching  of  music  at  the  elemen- 
tary school  level.  This  course  makes  a  comparative  survey  of  current  teaching  materials 
in  the  field  of  elementary  music.    Prerequisite:  Music    101-102. 

335.  Music  in  the  Secondary  School  (3).  Administration  and  teaching  of  music  at 
the  secondary  school  level.  A  comparative  survey  and  study  of  materials  and  texts. 
May  be  taken  in   lieu  of  Education  362.   Prerequisite:  Music    101-102. 

341.  Choral  Conducting  (3).  Conducting,  scorereading,  rehearsal  techniques,  diction 
for  singers.   Laboratory  conducting  of  ensembles. 

342.  Instrumental  Ensemble  (2).  A  study  of  basic  fundamentals  of  string,  woodwind, 
and   brass   instruments,   including   training   methods   and   materials. 

401.  Directed  Study  in  Music  Education  (2).  Advanced  course  designed  to  correlate 
work  previously  studied  in  music  and  to  prepare  the  student  for  graduate  study. 
Research  and  projects  provide  practical  experience  according  to  the  student's  major 
field   of    interest. 

440.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School.  Same  as 
Education  430  or  440.    Prerequisite:    Music   333. 

452.  Directed  Observation  and  Student  Teaching  in  the  High  School.  Same  as  Edu- 
cation 452.  Prerequisite:  Music  335. 

Applied   Music 

Courses    are    designated    by    the    first    letter    of    the    instrument,    followed    by    the 
proper  number  from  the  following  table: 

Freshman  111-112;  121-122;  Sophomore  211-212,  221-222;  Junior  311-312,  321- 
322;  Senior  411-412,  421-422.  One  or  two  lessons  per  week.  One  or  two  hours 
credit  each  semester. 

181-182;  281-282.  (1).  Class  instruction  in  Voice  or  Piano  to  a  minimum  of  four 
students  who  meet  for  two  lessons  per  week. 

331-332  (3-3).  Two  lessons  per  week  and  special  instruction  culminating  in  a  Junior 
recital. 

441-442  (4-4).  Two  lessons  per  week  and  special  instruction  culminating  in  a  Senior 
recital. 


PHILOSOPHY  ■ 

The   J.    Reese    Linn   Chair   of   Philosophy 

Professors:  ROBERT   E.    BERGMARK,    Ph.D.,    Chairman 

MICHAEL    H.    MITIAS,    Ph.D. 

The    courses    in    philosophy   are    designed    to    help    the   student    develop    a    critical 
attitude  toward  life  and  an  appreciative  understanding  of  life. 

Requirements   for    Major:      A    minimum    of    24    semester    hours,    including    courses 
202,  301,  302,  311,  and  492. 

74  PHILOSOPHY 


201-  Problems  of  Philosophy.  (3).  A  basic  introduction  to  the  main  problems,  such 
as  knowledge,  man,  nature,  art,  the  good,  God. 

202.  Logic.  (3).  Language,  fallacies,  deduction  (syllogistic  and  symbolic),  and  in- 
duction (scientific  methods) . 

301-302.  History  of  Philosophy.  (3-3).  The  first  semester  is  a  survey  of  western 
philosophy  through  the  Medieval  period;  the  second  semester  from  the  Renaissance 
to  the  present. 

311.  Ethics.  (3).  A  study  of  principles  used  in  the  choosing  of  personal  and  social 
values. 

315.  Existentialism.  (3).  Historical  and  comparative  treatment  of  works  of  such 
thinkers  as   Kierkegaard,  Jaspers,   Heidegger,   Sartre,   Marcel. 

321.  Esthetics.  (3) .  Includes  consideration  of  the  creative  impulse,  of  the  art  object, 
and  standards  of  esthetic  appreciation. 

331.  Philosophy  of  Religion.  (3).  A  study  of  the  basic  ideas  and  issues  involved 
in  the  development  of  a   religious  interpretation  of   life. 

351.      Oriental  Philosophy.    (3).      A  study  of  the  philosophies  of  the  East. 

361.  Philosophy  of  Science.  (3).  A  study  of  the  origin  and  adequacy  of  the  funda- 
mental concepts  of  science,  and  the  relation  of  philosophy  and  science.  Prerequisite: 
Philosophy  201 ,  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 

371.  Contemporary  Philosophy.  (3).  A  study  of  the  dominant  schools  and  trends 
in  recent  philosophy,  such  as  idealism,  realism,  pragmatism,  logical  empiricism,  and 
existentialism.   Prerequisite:    Philosophy   201,   or   consent  of   the    instructor. 

381.  Metaphysics.  (3).  A  study  of  the  basic  categories  of  experience  and  reality. 
Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent  of   the   instructor. 

401-402.  Directed  Readings.  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or 
consent  of  the  instructor. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  Courses.  (3-3).  Prerequisite:  Philosophy  201,  or  consent 
of  the  instructor. 

492.  Senior  Seminar.  (3).  Intensive  reading  in  a  broad  spectrum  of  issues,  schools, 
and  thinkers,  designed  to  round  out  the  student's  preparation  in  the  field.  For  senior 
majors. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  AND  ATHLETICS 

Professor:  JAMES   A.    MONTGOMERY,    Ed.D.,    Chairman 

Associate   Professors:  J.    HARPER   DAVIS,   M.Ed. 

MARY  ANN   EDGE,   M.S. 

Instructor:  THOMAS   L.    RANAGER,   B.S. 

The  Department  of  Physical  Education  and  Athletics  operates  on  three  levels  to 
promote  a  well-rounded  education  for  Millsaps  College  students.  In  academic  and 
activity  courses  the  student  is  provided  with  a  background  of  carry-over  activities  that 
are  applicable  to  teaching  or  personal  use,  both  while  in  college  and  after  graduation. 
The  intramural  programs  attempt  to  promote  leisure  education,  enrich  social  competence, 
develop  group   loyalties,   and   provide   healthful    exercise.   The    program   of    intercollegiate 

PHYSICAL   EDUCATION    AND   ATHLETICS  V5 


athletics  provides  the  more  skillful  students  an  opportunity  to  compete  against  students 
of  other  colleges  in  supervised  athletic  contests. 

Two  hours  of  physical  education  are  required  for  graduation.  These  hours  can  be 
earned   in   any   Physical    Education   courses. 

ACTIVITY  COURSES 

Most  activity  courses  are  co-educational.  Students  are  required  to  furnish  their 
own  gym  clothing.  The  department  will  furnish  locker  and  towel  service  and  all  materials 
needed  for  the  courses. 

X105-X106.      Archery    (1-1)  X115-Xn6.      Fencing    (1-1) 

X107-X108.      Weight  Training   for  Men    (1-1)    X117-X118.      Jogging    (1-1) 

Xn9-X120.      Dance    (1-1) 
X109-X110.      Body  Tone  for  Women    (1-1)         X201-X202.      Golf    (1-1) 

X1 11 -X1 12.      Karate    (1-1)  X211-X212.      Bowling    (1-1) 

X113-X114.      Water  Safety    (1-1)  X221 -X222.      Tennis    (1-1) 

ACADEMIC  COURSES 

305.  Physical  Education  For  the  Elementary  Grades  (3).  Primarily  for  those  preparing 
for  the  teaching  profession.  The  characteristics  of  the  elementary  school  child,  activi- 
ties suited  to  the  physical  and  mental  levels  represented,  facilities,  and  equipment 
are  considered. 

308.  Institutional  and  Community  Recreation  (3).  Techniques  and  theories  of 
directing  church  and  other  institutional  and  community  recreation  programs,  with 
special   emphasis  on   designing   programs   for   all   age   groups. 

311-312.  Theory  of  High  School  Coaching  (3-3).  To  prepare  coaches  of  high  school 
football  and  basketball  to  coach  and  operate  full  scale  programs  in  these  sports. 

321-322.  Athletic  Officiating  (3-3).  For  students  who  are  interested  in  becoming 
football  or  basketball  officials.  This  course  includes  a  complete  study  of  the  rules, 
interpretations,  administration,  ethics,  and  the  mechanics  of  athletic  officiating. 

332.  Hygiene  (3).  Personal  health  and  care  of  the  body;  food,  sanitation,  diseases 
and  contagion,  vitamins,  and  hormones. 


PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY 

Associate   Professor:  CHARLES   BETTS  GALLOWAY,   A.M.,   Chairman  . 

Professor:  ROY  ALFRED   BERRY,    Ph.D.  1 

Courses  offered  in  the  department  are  designed  to:  (1)  provide  a  solid  founda- 
tion in  all  areas  of  Physics  for  the  student  who  intends  to  study  at  the  graduate 
level;  (2)  provide  a  firm  physical  interpretation  of  natural  phenomena  for  the  student 
who  intends  to  enter  the  field  of  medicine;  (3)  to  provide  a  thorough  explanation 
of  basic  physical  principles  and  the  opportunity  to  specialize  in  a  chosen  area  for 
the  student  who  intends  to  terminate  his  study  upon  graduation;  (4)  provide  an 
introduction  to  both  the  theoretical  and  the  experimental  aspects  of  Physics  for  all 
interested  students.  J 

76  PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY 


A  major  may  be  taken  either  in  Physics  or  in  Physics  and  Astronomy.  It  is 
advisable  to  consult  with  the  instructor  before  enrolling  for  any  advanced  course. 
All  pre-medical  students  should  take  Physics  101-102  and  Physics  151-152.  Other 
students   planning   graduate   work    in    the   sciences   should   enroll    for    Physics    131-132. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  Physics  and  Astronomy  are  re- 
quired to  take  a  minimum  of  30  hours  in  Physics  (or  Physics  and  Astronomy),  fifteen 
hours  of  Mathematics,  and  fifteen  hours  of  Chemistry.  For  departmental  recommenda- 
tion to  graduate  school  the  required  30  hours  in  Physics  must  include  Physics  331,  316, 
and  491-492.  A  student  contemplating  Physics  as  a  major  is  advised  to  consult  with 
members  of  the  department  as  early  in  his  academic  career  as  possible. 

PHYSICS 

101.  General  Physics  (3).  Mechanics,  heat,  and  sound.  Two  lecture  periods  and 
one  laboratory  period  per  week.  t\Ar.  Galloway.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Mathe- 
matics 115-116. 

102.  General  Physics  (3).  Magnetism,  electricity,  and  light.  Two  lecture  periods  and 
one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Mr.  Galloway.  Prerequisite  or  corequisite:  Mathematics 
1  15-1  16. 

131-132.  General  Physics  (4-4).  A  critical  examination  of  the  basic  principles  of 
mechanics,  heat,  sound,  electricity,  magnetism,  and  light.  An  introduction  to  modern 
Physics  will  be  included.  Three  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  Mathematics    115-116.  Corequisite:   Mathematics  223   or  225. 

151-152.  General  Physics  Laboratory  (1-1).  A  course  designed  to  accompany  either 
Physics  101-102  or  Physics  131-132  to  provide  additional  work  to  meet  the  needs 
of  those  students  who  expect  to  enter  graduate  or  professional  schools.  All  pre-medical 
students  should  enroll  for  this  course.  One  laboratory  period  per  week.  Corequisite: 
Physics   101-102  or  Physics    131-132. 

201-202.  Intermediate  Physics  (3-3).  A  problems  course  dealing  with  the  properties 
of  matter,  mechanics,  heat,  sound,  magnetism,  electricity,  and  light.  Two  lecture 
periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Physics  101-102  or  Physics 
131-132. 

301.  Atomic  Physics  (3).  An  analytical  consideration  of  the  extra-nuclear  properties 
of  the  atom,  including  an  introduction  to  atomic  spectroscopy.  Offered  first  semester. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  101-102  or  Physics  131-132.  Corequisite:  Mathematics  223 
or  225. 

306.  Nuclear  Physics  (4).  An  analytical  consideration  of  the  intra-nuclear  properties 
of  the  atom,  including  an  introduction  to  high-energy  physics.  Offered  second 
semester.  Three  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
Physics  301    and  Mathematics  215.  Corequisite:  Mathematics  224  or  226. 

311.  Electricity  (3).  Electrical  measuring  instruments  and  their  use  in  actual  measure- 
ments, the  distribution  of  power,  lighting,  and  heating.  Two  lecture  periods  and  one 
laboratory  period  per  week.   Prerequisite:   Physics   101-102  or  Physics   131-132. 

315.  Optics  (3).  Principles  and  laws  of  reflection,  refraction,  interference,  polari- 
zation, and  spectroscopy.  Two  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  Physics  101-102  or  Physics  131-132. 

316.  Electronics  (3).  A  study  of  the  vacuum  tube  and  the  fundamentals  of  radio 
communication.  Two  lecture  periods  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite: 
Consent  of  the  instructor. 

PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY  77 


321-322.  Biophysics  (1-1).  A  physical  treatment  of  biological  phenomena,  including 
such  topics  as  membrane  permeability,  membrane  potentials,  hydrostatics,  hydrody- 
namics, and  radiation  biology.  Prerequisite:  Physics  101-102  or  Physics  131-132  and 
8  sem.  hrs.  of  Biology. 

331.  Classical  Mechanics  (3).  Precise  mathematical  formulation  of  physical  pheno- 
mena. Prerequisite:  Physics  101-102  or  Physics  131-132.  Corequisite:  Mathematics 
223  or  225. 

336.  Mechanics  (3).  A  continuation  of  Physics  331.  Related  topics  such  as  the 
kinetic  theory  of  matter  and  low  temperature  physics  will  be  included.  Prerequisite: 
Mathematics  215  and  Physics  331.  Corequisite:  Mathematics  224  or  226. 

351.  Photography  (1).  Developing,  printing,  and  enlarging.  One  laboratory  period 
per  week.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

371-372.  Advanced  Physics  Laboratory  (1).  Measurements  in  mechanics,  electricity, 
heat,  sound,  optics,  and  atomic  and  nuclear  physics.  One  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

401-402.  Special  Problems  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  An  introduction  to  the  method  of 
scientific  research.  The  student  is  allowed  to  pursue  in  the  laboratory  topics  in  which 
he  is  interested,  with  faculty  available  for  consultation.  Open  only  to  juniors  and 
seniors.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

G480.      Gulf  Coast  Semester  Research    (3-12). 

491-492.  Seminar  (1-1).  Student  presentations  of  current  problems  in  Physics 
research.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

ASTRONOMY 

101-102.  General  Astronomy  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  earth,  moon,  time,  the  con- 
stellations, the  solar  system,  the  planets,  comets,  meteors,  the  sun,  the  development 
of  the  solar  system,  and  the  siderial  universe.  Two  lectures  and  one  observatory 
period. 

301-302.  Practical  Astronomy  (3-3).  Spherical  astronomy  and  the  theory  of  astro- 
nomical instruments  with  exercises  in  making  and  reducing  observations.  One  lecture 
and  one  double  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite:  Astronomy  101-102  and 
consent  of  the  instructor. 


POLITICAL  SCIENCE 

Associate   Professors:  HOWARD  GREGORY   BAVENDER,   M.A.,     Acting     Chairman 

JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS,  J.D.* 

The  general  objective  of  the  Department  of  Political  Science  is  to  acquaint  students 
with  the  theory  and  practice  of  government  and  politics.  Primary  attention  is  focused 
upon  the  American  political  system. 

Directing  its  effort  to  an  intelligent  understanding  of  the  contemporary  world  and 
of  the  responsibilities  which  are  laid  upon  citizens  of  a  democracy,  the  Department  of 
Political  Science  shares  the  general  objectives  of  a  liberal  arts  education.  While  the 
department  does  not  emphasize  vocational  education,  the  knowledge  it  seeks  to  impart 
should  be  useful  to  anyone  contemplating  a  career  in  government  service,  law,  politics, 
or  business. 
*Part-tlme  1973-74 

78  POLITICAL  SCIENCE 


Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  the  department  are  required  to 
take  Political  Science  101,  102,  351,  352,  301,  302,  and  491,  and  at  least  nine  addi- 
tional hours  in  the  department.  In  order  to  become  and  continue  to  be  a  major,  students 
must  have  a  2.50  average  in  political  science  course  work. 

Special  Programs.  In  conjunction  with  Drew  University,  political  science  majors 
may  enroll  in  the  United  Nations  Semester  and  the  London  Semester.  In  conjunction 
with  American  University,  students  may  enroll  in  the  Washington  Semester.  Each 
program  involves  study  for  one  semester  off  campus.  Additional  information  is  given 
on  pages  47  and  48. 

101.  American  Government  1  (3).  A  systems  analysis  of  our  national  political  en- 
vironment, inputs,  and  decisionmaking  agencies,  involving  study  of  federalism,  political 
parties,  Congress,  the  Presidency,  and  the  judiciary.  Two  hours  of  lecture  and  one 
hour  of  discussion  each  week. 

102.  American  Government  II  (3).  Output  analysis  of  our  national  fiscal,  regulatory, 
grant-in-aid,  social,   defense,  and  foreign   policies. 

112.  State  and  Local  Government  (3).  Urban  democratic  theory,  community  power 
analysis,  and  institutions  and  policies  of  state  and   local  government. 

211.  President  and  Congress  (4).  Powers,  functions,  organization,  and  decision- 
making processes  of  each  branch,   plus   roll-call   analysis  of  Congress. 

261.  International  Relations  (3).  Issues,  strategies,  and  theories  of  international 
politics  including  the  concepts  of  national  interest  and  national  defense,  imperialism, 
balance  of  power,  economics,  and  international  cooperation. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

262.  U.  S.  Foreign  Policy  (3).  The  basic  aims  and  formulation  of  American  foreign 
policy  including  its  diplomatic,  military,  and  economic  aspects  developed  within  the 
context  of  current  issues. 

Offered  in  alternate  years. 

265.      U.    S.    Diplomatic    History    (3).      The    history    of    American    diplomacy    and    the 
foundations  of  our  modern  foreign  policy. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

301.  Political  Theory  I  (3).  Classical  theory  from  the  Greeks  through  Hobbes,  Locke, 
Rousseau  and  the  theorists  of  the  American  Revolution. 

302.  Political  Theory  II  (3).  Nineteenth  Century  liberalism,  Marxism,  totalitarianism, 
and  Twentieth  Century  political  thought. 

311.  American  Political  Parties  (3).  Functions,  organization,  nominations,  cam- 
paigns, and  voting   rights  and   behavior,  with  attention  to  Mississippi   politics. 

338.  Public  Administration  (3).  Theory  and  application  of  planning,  organizing, 
staffing,  directing,  coordinating,   reporting,  and  budgeting  in  public  agencies. 

341,  Comparative  Government  (3).  General  comparative  theory  as  applied  to  the 
political  cultures  and  institutions  of  Great  Britain,  France,  and  other  nations.  Pre- 
requisite: Political  Science  101. 

342.  Comparative  Government.  (3).  General  comparative  theory  as  applied  to  the 
political  cultures  and  institutions  of  the  Federal  Republic  of  Germany,  the  Soviet 
Union  and  selected  Communist  nations.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science  101. 

351.  Courts  and  the  Constitution  I  (3).  Constitutional  policies,  the  judicial  process, 
court  operation,  and  constitutional  relationships  among  the  three  branches  of  govern- 
ment. Prerequisite:  Political  Science  101. 

POLITICAL  SCIENCE  79 


352.  Courts  and  the  Constitution  II  (3).  Equal  protection,  criminal  due  process,  anc 
first  amendment  freedoms.  Prerequisite:  Political  Science  251. 

364.      international  Organizations    (3).      Development,  structure,  and  operation  of  the 
United  Nations  and  other  international  agencies. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

401  -402.  Directed  Reading  (I  to  3  —  1  to  3) . 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research    (1    to  3  —  1   to  3 ) . 

405-406.  Independent  Study  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  i 

411-412.  Special  Topics  Course  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3 ) . 

452.  The  Mississippi  Legislative  Intern  Program  (3).  A  student  serves  as  an  aide 
to  one  or  more  members  of  the  Mississippi  Legislature  for  one  semester  during  a 
regular  session  of  the  Legislature,  working  at  a  variety  of  tasks  which  may  include 
research,  writing,  marking  up  bills,  etc.  Prerequisite:  (a)  a  major  in  Political  Science; 
(b)  Junior  or  Senior  standing;  (c)  permission  of  the  Chairman  of  the  Department. 
Application  for  admission  to  this  program  should  be  made  early  in  December  im- 
mediately preceding  a  new  legislative  session. 

453-454.  Constitutional  Liberties  Internship  (3).  Placement  of  a  student  with  a 
law  firm  or  government  agency  to  work  as  an  aide  in  matters  pertaining  to  con- 
stitutional   liberties.    Prerequisite:    Political    Science   251    and    252. 

456.  Public  Administration  Internship  (3-4).  Placement  of  the  student  with  a 
federal,  state,  or  local  government  office  to  work  at  the  middle  management  level. 
Prerequisite:  Political   Science  338. 

491.  The  Senior  Seminar:  Modern  Theory  (3).  Reading,  reports,  and  discussion  on 
the  state  of  the  discipline  of  political  science.  Attention  is  paid  to  contributions 
by  other  disciplines  to  the  study  of  politics. 


PSYCHOLOGY 

Professor:  RUSSELL   WILFORD   LEVANWAY,    Ph.D.,   Chairman  | 

Associate    Professor:  EDMOND   R.    VENATOR,    Ph.D.  | 

The  objectives  of  the  Department  of  Psychology  are  ( 1  )  to  assist  students  in 
gaining  a  better  understanding  of  themselves  and  others  with  whom  they  live  and 
work,  and  in  developing  more  objective  attitudes  toward  human  behavior;  (2)  to  provide 
a  sound  foundation  for  graduate  study  and  professional  training  in  psychology;  and 
(3)  to  provide  certain  courses  which  are  basic  to  successful  professional  work  with 
people. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Students  majoring  in  Psychology  are  required  to  earn 
a  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  in  the  department.  Required  courses  are  202,  271, 
309,  310,  315,  491,  303  or  304,  313  or  331.  Under  unusual  circumstances  a  student 
may  substitute  an  elective  course  for  a  required  course  if  he  passes  an  examination  on 
the  subject  matter  covered  by  the  required  course.  This  special  examination  will  be 
administered  by  the  departmental  chairman  and  must  be  passed  before  the  student  is 
eligible  to  take  the  comprehensive  examination.  The  student  successfully  taking  this 
special   examination   will    receive   no   additional    course   credit  toward    the  degree. 

80  PSYCHOLOGY 


202.  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3).  The  student  is  introduced  to  methods  of 
studying  behavior  in  the  areas  of  learning,  intelligence,  maturation,  personality, 
emotions,  and  perception. 

205.  Child  Psychology.      Same  as  Education  205. 

206.  Social  Psychology  (2).  A  study  of  the  principles  of  communication,  group 
interaction,  and  human   relations. 

207.  Adolescent  Psychology.      Same  as  Education  207. 

212.  History  and  Systems  (3).  The  historical  development  of  the  field  of  psychology. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  outstanding  systems  of  psychological  thought  as  exempli- 
fied  by  both   past  and  contemporary   men    in   the   field. 

214.  Developmental  Psychology  (3).  An  examination  of  theories,  principles,  and 
research  related  to  the  processes  whereby  the  human  organism  evolves  through  pro- 
gressive stages  into  an  accuiturated  adult.  Topics  emphasized  are:  Piaget's  develop- 
mental theory,  child-rearing  practices,  early  childhood  development,  and  the  nature- 
nurture    issue.    Prerequisite:    Psychology    202. 

271.  Statistics  for  the  Behavioral  Sciences  (3).  Statistical  techniques  and  theory  of 
greatest   application    in   the   behavioral   sciences.    Consent   of   instructor. 

303.  Abnormal  Psychology  (3).  Considers  man's  deviations  from  the  normal,  en- 
vironmental correlates  of  such  deviations,  and  corrective  procedures.  Prerequisite: 
Psychology   202. 

304.  Theories  of  Personality  (3).  Consideration  of  the  whole  spectrum  of  personal- 
ity theories,  including  Freudian,  humanistic,  existential,  and  behavioristic  models.  Pre- 
requisite:   Psychology   202. 

307.  Physiological  Psychology  (4).  The  physiological  processes  underlying  psycho- 
logical activity,  including  physiological  factors  in  learning,  emotion,  motivation,  and 
perception.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202;  Biology  121-122  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. 

309.  Experimental  Psychology:  Methodology,  Psychophysics,  and  Scaling  (3).  In- 
troduction to  philosophy  of  science;  experimental  methods  and  design;  analysis  and 
interpretation  of  data;  and  scientific  writing.  Content  areas  include  psychophysics, 
scaling,   sensory  systems,   and   perception.    Prerequisite:    Psychology   202   and   271. 

310.  Experimental  Psychology:  Learning  (3).  Theories  and  principles  of  learning. 
Research  with  both  human  and  animal  subjects  is  considered.  Prerequisite:  Psychology 
309. 

313.  Psychology  of  Motivation  (3).  Emphasizes  the  initiation  of  a  sequence  of 
behavior,  including  its  energization,  selection,  and  direction.  An  examination  is 
made  of  both  theory  and  research  findings  involving  biological  and  social  controls 
of  behavior.   Prerequisite:   Psychology  202. 

314.  Learning  (3).  Combines  material  typically  covered  in  courses  in  principles 
and  theories  of  learning.  Experimental  findings  related  to  the  theories  of  Thorndike, 
Guthrie,   Hull,   Tolman,   and   Skinner  are   examined.    Prerequisite:    Psychology   202. 

315.  Psychological  Tests  and  Measurements  (3).  A  study  of  the  theory,  problems, 
and  techniques  of  psychological  measurement.  A  survey  of  both  individual  and 
group  tests  of  ability,  aptitude,  interests,  and  personality.  Prerequisite:  Psychology 
202   and   either   Mathematics    172   or   Psychology   271. 

PSYCHOLOGY  81 


316.  Basic  Circuitry  and  Instrumentation  in  Behavioral  Research  (1).  This  course 
is  designed  for  the  student  interested  in  research  applications  of  equipment  in  com- 
mon use  in  psychology  laboratories.  The  student  will  have  experience  in  devising 
and  constructing  simple  circuitry. 

320.  Cognitive  Processes  (3).  An  examination  of  the  processes  of  thinking,  reason- 
ing, problem  solving,  concept  formation,  memory,  hypnosis,  and  parapsychology. 
Prerequisite:   Psychology  202. 

321.  Advanced  General  Psychology  (3).  A  re-examination  of  the  areas  of  perception, 
learning,  physiology,  motivation,  emotions,  and  personality.  Prerequisite:  Senior  status, 
psychology  major. 

331.  Perception  (3).  Consideration  of  perceptual  phenomena  and  the  theories 
which   have   been   constructed   to   explain   them.    Prerequisite:    Psychology   202. 

352.      Educational  Psychology. — Same  as  Education  352. 

390.  Comparative  Psychology  (3).  The  study  of  the  behavior  of  lower  animals.  The 
course  attempts  to  relate  behavior  to  organismic  structures  and  environmental 
stimuli.  Prerequisite:  Psychology  202. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Open  only  to  advanced  students. 
Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Open  only  to  advanced 
students.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  instructor. 

411-412.      Special  Topics.    ( 1   to  3  —  1   to  3).      Open  only  to  approved  students. 

491.  Seminar  (3).  An  intensive  reading  course,  giving  the  student  a  wide  ac- 
quaintance with  current  psychological  literature  and  systems  of  psychology.  Designed 
to  fill  major  gaps  in  a  student's  preparation  in  the  field. 


RELIGION 

The  Tatum   Chair  of   Religion 

Professors:  LEE   H.    RE  IFF,    Ph.D.,   Chairman 

THOMAS  WILEY   LEWIS,    III,   Ph.D. 

The  courses  are  designed  to  give  the  student  an  understanding  and  appreciation 
of  the  Bible  and  of  the  place  of  organized  religion  in  life  and  society;  to  help  students 
develop  an  adequate  personal  religious  faith;  and  to  prepare  them  for  rendering  effective 
service  in  the  program  of  the  church. 

Requirements  for  Major:  Majors  in  Religion  are  required  to  take  an  additional 
25  hours  of  courses  in  the  department,  beyond  the  hours  required  of  all  students  for 
graduation.  Required  for  all  majors  are  201,  202,  391,  392,  492.  Philosophy  331 
may  be  counted  as  three  hours  on  the  religion  major  if  the  student  satisfies  the  philosophy 
requirement  with  an  additional  six  hours   in   philosophy. 

201.  The  Story  of  the  Old  Testament  (3).  History,  literature,  and  theology  in  the 
Old   Testament. 

202.  The  Story  of  the  New  Testament  (3).  History,  literature,  and  theology  in  the 
New   Testament. 

252.  The  Educational  Work  of  the  Church  (3).  The  aims,  programs,  and  methods 
of  Christian  education  in  the  church  today.  Projects  in  local  churches  are  included. 
Offered  in  aiternate  years. 

82  RELIGION 


SOI.      The  Teachings  of  Jesus    (3).      An  interpretative  study  of  the  life  and  teachings 
of  Jesus. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

302.  The  Prophets  (3).  An  interpretative  study  of  the  Old  Testament  prophets. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

311.      The  Life  of  Paul   (3).      Issues  in  the  thought  and  life  of  Paul. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

351.  Church  and  Society  (3).  The  function  of  the  church  in  the  present  social  order. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

381.  World  Religions  (3).  The  origin  and  development  of  the  great  living  religions. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

391-392.  History  of  Christianity  (3-3).  The  development  of  Christianity  and  Chris- 
tian thought  from  Jesus  to  the  High  Middle  Ages,  and  from  the  High  Middle 
Ages  through  the   Reformation   to   the   present.   Either  semester  may  be   taken   alone. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Individualized  reading  and  research 
in  special  areas  under  the  guidance  of  an  instructor.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the 
department  chairman. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Individual  investigation  of  an 
area  or  problem  with  occasional  advice  from  an  instructor,  culminating  in  a  written 
report.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Special  areas  of  study  not  regularly 
offered,  for  an  organized  class  of  interested  students.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the 
department  and  division  chairmen. 

492.  Seminar  ( 1  ) .  Designed  to  help  the  student  majoring  in  religion  integrate  his 
knowledge  in  terms  of  the  total   life. 


ROMANCE  LANGUAGES 

Associate   Professors:  BILLY   MARSHALL   BUFKIN,   A.M.,   Chairman 

NELLIE   KHAYAT   HEDERI,  A.M. 

Assistant   Professor:  HILLIARD   SAUNDERS,   JR.   M.A. 

This  department  offers  courses  in  French,  Italian,  and  Spanish.  The  preparatory 
courses    (101-102)    are  equivalent  to  two  high   school   units. 

A  student  is  not  permitted  to  enter  courses  201  and  202  in  French  and  Spanish 
until  the  101-102  course  or  the  equivalent  has  been  satisfactorily  completed.  Students 
who  have  credit  for  two  or  more  units  of  a  modern  foreign  language  in  high  school 
will  be  given  a  standard  placement  test  as  part  of  the  orientation  program  and  on  the 
basis  of  this  test  will  be  advised  as  to  whether  they  are  prepared  to  continue  the 
language  at  the  college  level  or  whether  they  should  take  the  101-102  course.  A 
student  will  not  be  admitted  to  courses  321  and  322  in  French  or  Spanish  until  201 
and  202  (or  equivalent  if  transfer  student)  have  been  satisfied.  Under  no  condition 
will  a  student  be  permitted  to  begin  French  and  Spanish  the  same  year. 

A  student  should  consult  the  professors  in  charge  before  planning  to  take  more 
than  two  modern  languages.  Any  course  not  already  counted  may  be  used  as  a  junior 
or  senior  elective.  Credit  is  not  given  for  101    unless  102  is  completed. 

ROMANCE    LANGUAGES  83 


A   minimum  of  one   hour   per  week   in   the   language   laboratory   is   required    in   a 
courses  except  401  -402. 

Requirements  for  Major:  For  students  majoring  in  either  French  or  Spanish  r 
one  course  is  required  with  more  emphasis  than  the  others.  It  is  recommended  th; 
such  students  take  every  course  offered  in  their  major  field  of  interest.  A  minimui 
of  24  semester  hours  is  required  beyond  the  101-102  series,  although  30  hours 
recommended.  Should  a  candidate  take  only  the  minimum  of  required  courses,  1  8  t 
these  hours  must  be   in  the   literature  of  his   language  of  specialty. 

FRENCH   AND    ITALIAN 

101-102.  Elementary  French  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral  prac 
tice. 

201-202.  Intermediate  French  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  reading  of  modei 
French    prose.    Prerequisite:    French    101-102    or   two    years    of    high    school    FrencI 

251-252.  Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).  Designed  to  give  students  sorr 
fluency  in  the  use  of  the  spoken  language.  Composition  drill  is  also  given.  Emphas 
on   civilization   in  the  second  semester.    Prerequisite:    French    101-102  or  equivalen 

301-302.  Advanced  French  Composition  and  Conversation  (3-3).  A  course  in  ac 
vanced  French  composition  and  reading.  This  course  may  be  taken  in  addition  to  an 
may  also  substitute  for  French  251-252.   Prerequisite:  French  201-202  or  equivalen 

321-322.      Survey  of  Medieval  and   Renaissance   French   Literature    (3-3).      Instructic 
and   recitation  principally  in  French.   Prerequisite:   French   201-202  or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Offered  in  1974-75. 

331-332.      Seventeenth  Century  French  Literature    (3-3).      A  study  of  the  Golden  Ag 
of   French    literature.   Special   attention   is   given   to   the   works   of   Corneille,    Molien 
Racine,  and  La  Fontaine.  Prerequisite:  French  321-322  or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Offered  in  1974-75. 

341-342.      French    Literature    in    the    Eighteenth    Century     (3-3).      An    anthology    < 
eighteenth    century    French    readings    is    used.    Extensive    readings    in    Rousseau    an 
Voltaire.   Second   semester   concentrates   on   the   dramatic    literature   of   the   age.    Pre 
requisite:  French  321  -322  or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Not  offered  in  1974-75. 

351-352.  Nineteenth  Century  French  Literature  (3-3).  First  semester  deals  wit 
pre-Romantics,  early  Romantic  prose  writers,  and  the  Romantic  poets  and  novelist: 
A  survey  of  French  Romantic  drama  is  also  given.  Second  semester  deals  wit 
Parnassianism,  Symbolism,  Realism,  and  Naturalism.  Prerequisite:  French  321-32 
or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Offered  in  1974-75. 

361-362.      French    Literature   of   the   Twentieth    Century    (3-3).      First   semester   deal 
with  Maeterlinck,   Proust,   Bergson,   Gide,   Peguy,   and   Claudel.   Second   semester  deal 
with    Breton    and   the   Surrealists,    Malraux,    Giraudoux,    Anouilh,    Sartre,    and    Camu! 
Prerequisite:   French   321-322  or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Not  offered  in  1974-75. 

401-402.  Directed  Study  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  A  course  designed  for  advance( 
students  who  wish  to  do  reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidano 
of  the  instructor.   Prerequisite:  Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

84  ROMANCE   LANGUAGES 


Italian  251-252.  Composition  and  Conversation  (3-3).  A  two-semester  course  in 
beginning  Italian  language  with  emphasis  on  reading  knowledge  and  conversational 
approach.  This  course  is  designed  to  afford  the  student  with  two  years  of  another 
modern  foreign  language,  a  knowledge  of  the  structure  of  the  Italian  language  in 
the  first  semester  and,  in  the  second  semester,  a  cultural  reader  is  used  incorporating 
oral  proficiency  training.  The  course  is  especially  recommended  for  students  of 
music.  Offered  on  sufficient  demand  and  when  teaching  schedules  and  staff  permit. 
Prerequisite:  Two  years  of  another  modern  foreign  language  and  consent  of  the 
instructor. 

SPANISH 

101-102.  Elementary  Spanish  (3-3).  Grammar  and  reading  with  constant  oral  prac- 
tice. 

201-202.  Intermediate  Spanish  (3-3).  Review  of  grammar  and  reading  of  modern 
Spanish   prose.    Prerequisite:   Spanish    101-102   or   two   units   of   high   school   Spanish. 

251-252.  Conversation  and  Civilization  (3-3).  Designed  to  give  students  some 
fluency  in  the  use  of  spoken  Spanish  and  a  familiarity  with  the  civilization.  Laboratory 
drill  is  incorporated  in  this  course.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  101-102  and  preferably 
201-202. 

321-322.      Survey  of  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Spanish  Literature    (3-3).      The   first 
semester   considers    the    literature    from    the    jarchas   to    the    Early    Renaissance.    The 
second  semester  covers  Late  Renaissance  and  Golden  Age  authors.  An  outline  history 
of  Spanish   literature   is  also  used.   Prerequisite:   Spanish   201-202. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Offered  in  1974-75. 

331-332.  The  Literature  of  the  Golden  Age  (3-3).  The  first  semester  consists  of 
consideration  of  the  best  known  plays  of  the  most  representative  Spanish  dramatists 
of  the  Golden  Age  from  Cervantes  to  Calderon.  The  second  semester  consists  of  a 
detailed  study  of  the  life  and  works  of  Miguel  de  Cervantes,  primarily  the  Quijote. 
Prerequisite:  Spanish  201  -202  and  preferably  321  -322. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Nat  offered  in  1974-75. 

351-352.  Nineteenth  Century  Spanish  Literature  (3-3).  The  first  semester  is  a 
study  of  the  historical  background  and  characteristics  of  nineteenth  century  drama 
and  poetry.  The  second  semester  deals  with  the  Spanish  novel  in  the  19th  century, 
its  origins,  antecedents,  influence,  and  characteristics.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  201-202 
and  preferably  321  -322. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Offered  in  1974-75. 

361-362.      Spanish    Literature   of  the  Twentieth    Century    (3-3).      The   first   semester 
deals  with  the  Generation  of  '98.   The  second  semester  deals  with  Jimenez,  Garcia 
Lorca,  Casona,  Cela,  Laforet,  Zunzunegui,  and  others.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  321-322 
or  equivalent. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Offered  in  1974-75. 

381-382.  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature  (3-3).  A  brief  outline  of  the 
literature  of  the  Spanish-American  countries  with  attention  to  historical  and 
cultural  backgrounds.  The  first  semester  deals  with  the  Colonial  and  Independence 
Periods.  The  second  semester  covers  the  Nineteenth  and  Twentieth  Centuries.  Pre- 
requisite: Spanish  201-202  and  preferably  321-322. 
Offered  in  alternate  years.  Not  offered  in  1974-75. 

ROMANCE  LANGUAGES  85 


401-402.  Directed  Study  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  A  course  designed  for  advance< 
students  who  wish  to  do  reading  and  research  in  special  areas  under  the  guidanc( 
of  the   instructor.   Prerequisite:   Consent  of  the  department  chairman. 

LINGUISTICS 

391-392.  Introduction  to  Comparative  Linguistics  (3-3).  This  course  emphasize: 
the  historical  development  of  the  Indo-European  Languages.  Attention  is  given  t( 
structural  linguistics,  semantics,  and  phonetics.  Other  problems  related  to  the  teachinc 
of  language  and  philological  research  are  treated.  Prerequisite:  French,  German,  o 
Spanish  201-202  or  Italian  251-252. 


SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 

Assistant   Professors:  PAUL  T.   MURRAY,    Ph.D.,   Chairman 

FRANCES   HEIDELBERG  COKER,   M.S.T. 

Adjunct  Professor:  CLEMENT  M.   P.   ONIANG'O,   M.A. 

Social  movements,  the  military-industrial  complex,  delivery  of  health  care,  plan- 
ning for  a  new  urban  society,  the  law  and  social  change — these  are  some  of  the  topic; 
which  sociology  studies.  By  focusing  on  social  organizations  such  as  the  family,  church 
class  and  caste  and  political  institutions,  students  can  see  how  they  are  products  anc 
actors  within  society.  Anthropology  provides  a  comparison  by  studying  similar  processes 
in  other  societies  such  as  the   Pygmies,  the  Eskimo  and  the  Cheyenne. 

Courses  in  the  Department  of  Sociology  and  Anthropology  are  planned  (  1  )  tc 
develop  the  liberal  arts  student's  knowledge  about  the  nature  of  societies  and  hovs 
institutions  are  maintained  as  well  as  changed.  (2)  To  give  students  a  greater  percep- 
tion and  understanding  of  social  processes  in  a  changing  world,  so  they  may  lead  more 
effective  and  enlightened  careers  in  sociological  and  anthropological  research;  socia 
work,  teaching,  law,  and  the  ministry;  as  well  as  community  organization,  social  change, 
and  urban  planning. 

Requirements  for  Major:  A  minimum  of  25  semester  hours  in  the  department. 
Required  courses  are  101,  201,  280,  492,  493,  and  any  other  three  courses  offered 
by  the  department.  Majors  are  encouraged  to  take  280  in  their  sophomore  or  junior 
year,  492  in  spring  of  junior  year,  and  493   in  fall  of  senior  year. 

101.  Introduction  to  Sociology  (3).  Survey  of  basic  concepts,  institutions  and  pro- 
cesses of  social  life. 

102.  Social  Problems  in  American  Society  (3).  Analysis  of  life-cycle  problems  such 
as  adolescence,  old  age,  status  of  women,  and  community  problems  such  as  poverty, 
racism,    war. 

204.  Social  Change  in  American  Society  (3).  American  society  as  a  social  system 
in  transition;  confrontation  and  conflict;  theoretical  models  of  social  change.  Prere- 
quisite: Sociology  101. 

205.  Sociology  of  Religion  (3).  Psychological,  sociological,  and  anthropological 
theories  and  studies  on  the  origin,  nature,  and  institutional  structure  of  religion  in 
complex  and  preliterate  societies.  Prerequisite:  Sociology   101. 

Offerad  in  alternate  years. 

86  SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY 


221.  Introduction  to  Social  Work  (3).  Broad  view  of  the  field  of  social  work,  and 
social  work  organization.  Especially  recommended  for  exploring  interests  in  social 
work  as  a  profession.   Prerequisite:  Sociology   101    or  consent  of   instructor. 

240.  Minority  Group  Relations  in  American  Society  (3).  Sociological  theory  and 
research,  literature,  and  the  mass  media  as  sources  of  information  about  racial, 
ethnic,  and  other  minority  group  relations  in  the   U.S. 

280.  Methods  and  Statistics  of  Social  Research  (4).  Research  tools  are  presented  so 
that  students  can  undertake  their  own  projects,  analyze  data,  and  criticize  research 
studies  done  by  others. 

301.  Marriage  and  the  Family  (3).  Theory  and  research  on  the  institution  of 
marriage  in  the  United  States,  changes  in  the  structure  and  function  of  marriage, 
and  changing  roles  within  marriage. 

321.      Urban    Sociology    (3).      Structures    and    processes   of    urbanization;    problems    of 
community  and  cleavage;  urban  community  as  a  social  system.  Prerequisite:  Sociology 
101. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

332.      Ccliective    Behavior    (3).      Mass   behavior   and    mass   movements,   such   as    riots, 
fads,  and  social  mo\ements,   their  causes  and  effects.   Prerequisite:   Sociology   101. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

351.      Complex   Organizations    (3).      Large   scale   organization  in    modern    society — its 

historical    development,    internal    structure    and    process,    and  influence.    Prerequisite: 
Sociology    101. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

361.      Population   Problems    (3).      Population  theory,  Malthusian   and   post-Malthusian; 

demographic    forces,    fertility,   migration,   mortality;  such    tools   as    age-sex   pyramids, 

population  density,  etc.   Prerequisite:  Sociology    101  or  consent  of   instructor. 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

371.      Social    Stratification.      Research    methods,    theories    and    empirical    findings    per- 
taining to  social  stratification   in  the   United  States  and  other  countries.   Prerequisite: 
Sociology  101 . 
Offered  in  alternate  years. 

391.  Sociology  of  Deviance  (3).  Crime,  delinquency,  abortion,  homosexuality,  drug 
use,  alcoholism,  prostitution,  and  other  forms  of  deviance,  viewed  from  a  non- 
moralistic  sociological  perspective. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Assigned  readings  and  periodic 
meetings  with   instructor.   Prerequisite:   Consent  of   instructor  and  chairman. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Research  project  proposed 
and  conducted  independently  by  a  junior  or  senior  major,  with  report  due  at  end 
of  semester.   Prerequisite:   Consent  of   instructor  and  chairman. 

405-406.  independent  Study  (1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Inquiry  into  an  area  of  special 
interest  by  a  junior  or  senior  major  capable  of  independent  work  with  minimum  of 
supervision.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor  and  chairman. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Sociology  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Class  dealing  with  the 
analysis  of  an  area  not  normally  covered  in  other  courses,  but  of  current  interest  to 
students.  Prerequisite:  Sociology  101. 

SOCIOLOGY  AND  ANTHROPOLOGY  87 


451-452.  Internship  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3 ) .  Practical  experience  and  training  for  majors 
working  with  selected  organizations  engaged  in  social  research,  social  work,  and 
community  organization.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor. 

492.  Seminar  in  Sociological  Theory  (3).  Historical  approach  to  theoretical  develop- 
ment in  sociology,  focusing  on  European  school^  social  reformers,  and  symbolic  inter- 
actionists.  For  junior  majors  only. 

493.  Senior  Seminar  for  Majors  (3).  Modern  sociological  theory,  special  readings 
for  examinations,  ethical  implication  of  research,  modern  trends  in  sociology.  For 
senior  majors  only. 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

201.  Introduction  to  Anthropology  (3).  Survey  of  basic  concepts  and  approaches 
to  anthropology,  archaeology,  and  particularly  cultural  and  social  patterns  of  preliterate 
peoples. 

401-402.  Directed  Reading  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Assigned  readings  and  periodic 
meetings   with    instructor.    Prerequisite:    Consent   of    instructor,    and   chairman. 

403-404.  Undergraduate  Research  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Research  project  proposed 
by  a  junior  or  senior  major,  and  conducted  independently  by  outstanding  student. 
Research  report  due  at  the  end  of  semester.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of  instructor  and 
chairman. 

405-406.  Independent  Study  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Readings  in  an  area  of  special 
interest  to  the  well  qualified  junior  or  senior  major  capable  of  highly  independent 
work  with  supervision.  Report  due  at  end  of  semester.  Prerequisite:  Consent  of 
instructor  and  chairman. 

411-412.  Special  Topics  in  Anthropology  ( 1  to  3  —  1  to  3).  Class  dealing  with 
the  analysis  of  an  area  not  normally  covered  in  other  courses,  but  of  current  interest 
to  students. 


i 


THEATRE 


Professor:  LANCE  GOSS,   A.M.,   Chairman  j 

SPEECH 

Requirements  for  a  major  in  Theatre:  30  hours  required,  to  include  Theatre  103- 
104,  Theatre  141-142,  Theatre  203-204,  Theatre  205-206,  Theatre  305-306,  Theatre 
395-396,  Theatre  402T. 

101.  Speech  Fundamentals:  Public  Speaking  (3).  Each  student  will  be  required  to 
deliver  a  minimum  of  five  addresses  which  deal  with  progressively  more  difficult 
material  and  situations.  Emphasis  is  given  to  development  of  correct  breathing, 
proper  pronunciation,  accurate  enunciation,  and  an  effective  platform  manner. 
Individual  attention  and  criticism  are  given  at  frequent  intervals. 

102.  Speech  Fundamentals:  Oral  Reading  (3).  Involves  the  reading  aloud  of  various 
types  of  literature  with  a  view  of  communicating  its  logical,  imaginative,  and  emo- 
tional content. 


88  THEATRE 


1 


THEATRE 

103-104.  Introduction  to  Theatre  (3-3).  Covering  all  aspects  of  theatre  art,  this  is 
designed  as  the  basic  course  in  theatre. 

131-132    (Freshman),  231-232    (Sophomore),  331-332    (Junior),  431-432  (Senior). 

Performance.      Practical   experience   in   production   by  the   Millsaps   Players.  The   first 

two   semesters   may   be   taken   simultaneously   with   Theatre    103-104.    One  hour   per 
semester  to  a  total  of  eight  hours. 

141-142.  Theatre  Movement  (1-1).  Includes  classical  ballet  barre,  pantomime, 
exercises,   basic  dance   steps,   and   general   movement. 

SI  71 -SI  72.  Summer  Workshop  (3-3).  Includes  acting,  production,  and  performance 
techniques.  Practical  experience  is  gained  through  participation  in  special  summer 
production  by  The  Millsaps  Players. 

203-204.  Theatrical  Production  (3-3).  A  study  of  the  field  of  theatrical  production, 
including  scenery,  properties,  lighting,  sound,  costuming,  and  make-up.  Prerequisite: 
Theatre  103-104. 

205-206.  Acting  (2-2).  Basic  principles  of  acting  in  modern  plays  are  dealt  with 
in  the  first  semester.  The  second  semester  considers  acting  in  pre-modern  drama. 
Prerequisite:  Theatre  103-104. 


301.      Greek  Drama    (31 

Greece. 


Concentrated  study  of  all  aspects  of  the  theatre  of  ancient 

Covers  the  European  theatre. 


305-306.      Literature  and  History  of  the  Theatre   (3-3) 
Prerequisite:  Theatre  103-104. 

311-312.  American  Theatre  (3-3).  The  literature  and  history  of  the  American 
theatre  to  the  present  day.   Prerequisite:  Theatre    103-104. 

337.      Modern  Drama.      See  English  337. 

365-366.      Shakespeare.      See  English   365-366. 

395-396.  Directing  (2-2).  Covers  all  facets  of  the  director's  role  in  modern  play, 
production  from  the  selection  of  the  play  and  casting  through  the  performances. 
Prerequisite:  103-104. 

402.  Directed  Reading  (2).  A  seminar  for  theatre  majors  covering  various  aspects 
of  theatrical  history,  literature,  and  production. 


THEATRE 


IV 

Administration 
Of  The  Curriculum 


The   grade    of    the    student    in    any   class    is    determined    by   the 

combined  class  standing  and  the  result  of  a  written  exannination.  The 

examination   Is  counted   as   approximately  one-third  of  the  grade   for 

the   semester. 

"A"    represents   superior   work. 

"B"  represents  above  the  average  achievement  in  the  regularly  pre- 
scribed  work. 

"C"  represents  an  average  level  of  achievement  in  the  regularly  pre- 
scribed  work. 

"D"  represents  a  level  of  achievement  in  the  regularly  prescribed 
work  of  the  class  below  the  average  in  the  same  relationship  as 
the  grade  of  "B"  is  above  the  average. 

"E"  represents  a  condition  and  is  changed  to  a  "D"  if  the  grade  in 
the  other  semester  of  the  course  is  "C"  or  above,  providing  that 
the  "E"  precedes  the  higher  grade  on  the  student's  record. 

"F"  represents  failure  to  do  the  regularly  prescribed  work  of  the 
class.  All  marks  of  "D"  and  above  are  passing  marks  and  "F" 
represents   failure. 

"WP"  indicates  that  the  student  has  withdrawn  from  the  course  while 
passing,  and  "WF"  means  that  he  has  withdrawn  while  failing. 

"I"  indicates  that  the  work  is  incomplete  and  is  changed  to  "F"  if 
the  work  is  not  completed  by  the  end  of  the  following  semester. 


GRADES 
HONORS 
CLASS  STAND 


The  completion  of  any  academic  course  with  a  grade  of  "D" 
shall  entitle  a  student  to  one  quality  point  for  each  semester  hour, 
the  completion  of  a  course  with  a  grade  of  "C"  for  the  semester 
shall  entitle  a  student  to  two  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour, 
the  completion  of  a  course  with  a  grade  of  "B"  for  the  semester 
shall  entitle  a  student  to  three  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour, 
and  the  completion  of  a  course  with  a  grade  of  "A"  shall  entitle 
a  student  to  four  quality  points  for  each  semester  hour.  A  quality 
point  index  is  arrived  at  by  dividing  the  total  number  of  quality 
points  by  the  number  of  academic  hours  taken.  The  change  from  a 
3:00  to  a  4:00  quality  point  index  became  effective  at  Millsaps 
College  on  June  5,    1968. 


Quality  Points 


The  following  number  of  hours  and  quality  points  is  required: 
For  sophomore  rating         .  .    24   hours;      24  quality  points 

For  junior  rating 52   hours;      72  quality   points 

For  senior  rating 90   hours;    144   quality   points 

A  student's  classification  for  the  entire  year  is  on  the  basis  of 
his  status  at  the  beginning  of  the  fail  semester. 


Class  Standing 


In  the  event  that  a  student  repeats  a  course  previously  taken  at 
Millsaps  College,  the  highest  grade  earned  in  the  course  will  be  used 
in  computing  the  quality  point  average.  This  regulation  applies  only 
to  those  courses  taken  originally,  during,  or  after  second  semester 
1972-73  at  Millsaps  College,  and  thereafter. 


Repeat  Course! 


ACADEMIC  PROCEDURES 


92 


A  student  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.2  for  his  entire  course 
lali  be  graduated  Cum  Laude;  one  whose  quality  point  index  is  3.6 
id  who  has  a  rating  of  excellent  on  the  comprehensive  examination 
lall  be  graduated  Magna  Cum  Laude;  and  one  whose  quality  point 
idex  is  3.9  and  who  has  a  rating  of  excellent  on  the  comprehensive 
(amination   shall    be   graduated   Summa   Cum    Laude. 

To  be  eligible  for  graduation  Cum  Laude,  Magna  Cum  Laude  or 
jmma  Cum  Laude,  a  student  must  have  passed  at  least  sixty  academic 
imester  hours  in  Millsaps  College.  Distinction  or  special  distinction 
ay  be  refused  a  student  who,  in  the  judgment  of  the  faculty,  has 
irfeited  his  right. 

In  determining  eligibility  for  distinction  or  special  distinction 
the  case  of  students  who  have  not  done  all  their  college  work  at 
lillsaps,  the  quality  points  earned  on  the  basis  of  grades  made  at 
her  institutions  will  be  considered,  but  the  student  will  be  con- 
dered  eligible  only  if  he  has  the  required  index  both  on  the  work 
)ne  at  Millsaps  and  on  his  college  courses  as  a  whole. 


A  full-time  student  with  Junior  standing  who  has  an  over-all 
jality  point  index  of  3.0  may  during  the  first  semester  of  his  Junior 
!ar  apply  to  his  department  chairman  for  permission  to  declare  him- 
If  a  candidate  for  honors.  Admission  requires  acceptance  of  the 
udent  by  the  chairman  of  the  department  and  approval  by  the 
onors  Council.  Entrance  into  the  Honors  Program  becomes  effective 
of  the  spring  semester  of  the  Junior  year. 


The  Honors  Program  extends  over  three  semesters.  A  student 
Imitted  into  the  Program  will  in  the  second  semester  of  his  Junior 
;ar  enroll  with  his  honors  adviser  in  a  directed  study  entitled 
onors  I  (Colloquium).  Enrollment  in  Honors  II  and  Honors  III 
Research)  will  ordinarily  follow  in  the  fall  and  spring  semesters  of 
le  Senior  year.  A  letter  grade  will  be  given  for  each  of  these 
)urses.  The  three  semesters  of  honors  work  are  intended  to  culmi- 
3te  in  an  honors  paper  to  be  presented  to  the  Honors  Council  and 
;fended   before   an   examining   board. 

The  first  semester  in  the  Honors  Program  consists  of  an  Honors 
Dlloquium  designed  to  bring  together  for  the  purpose  of  intellectual 
cchange  all  those  students  participating  in  the  Honors  Program. 
he  aim  of  the  Honors  Colloquium  is  the  total  involvement  of  good 
inds  in  the  exchange  of  ideas  and  values  centering  around  selected 
lemes  and  areas  of  investigation  of  mutual  interest  to  all  disciplines. 
he  Honors  Colloquium  is  an  interdisciplinary  venture  and  is  required 
■  all  students  entering  the  Honors  Program. 


ACADEMIC  PROCEDURES 


Graduation 
With    Distinction 


Graduation 
With    Honors 


Honors 
Program 


93 


A  candidate  who  completes  the  honors  work  satisfactorily,  who 
presents  and  defends  the  honors  paper  satisfactorily,  who  has  a  3.0 
overall  quality  point  index,  and  who  has  a  3.33  index  in  honors 
work  will  be  graduated  with  Honors.  A  candidate  who  has  a  3.6 
overall  quality  point  index,  who  has  a  4.0  index  in  honors  work 
and  who  in  the  estimation  of  the  examining  board  has  presented  a 
superior  honors  paper  will  be  graduated  with  High  Honors. 

A  student  may  voluntarily  withdraw  his  candidacy  for  honors  at 
any  time.  Students  enrolled  in  honors  courses  are,  however,  bound 
by  the  general  college  rules  for  dropping  a  course  and  for  receiving 
course  credit.  Candidacy  may  be  involuntarily  terminated  at  any  time 
upon  the  recommendation  of  the  honors  adviser  and  with  the  approval 
of  the  Honors  Council. 


Those   meeting   the   following    requirements   are   honored   by   in- 
clusion on   the   Dean's   List: 

1.  Scholarship: 

(a)  The  student  must  carry  not  less  than  twelve  academic 
hours  during  the  semester  on  which  the  scholastic 
average   is   based; 

(b)  The  student  must  have  a  quality  point  average  for  the 
preceding  semester  of  3.2; 

(c)  The  student  must  have  no  mark  lower  than  a  C  for  the 
preceding   semester. 

2.  Conduct: 

The  student  must  be,  in  the  judgment  of  the  deans,  a  good 
citizen   of   the   college   community. 


Fifteen  academic  semester  hours  is  considered  the  normal  load 
per   semester. 

No  student  may  take  more  than  seventeen  semester  hours  of 
academic  work  unless  he  has  a  quality  index  of  2.5  on  the  latest 
previous  college  term  or  semester.  No  student  may  take  more  than 
nineteen  semester  hours  of  academic  work  unless  he  has  a  quality 
point  index  of  3.00  on  the  latest  previous  college  term  or  semester 
and  obtains  permission  from  the  Associate  Dean.  No  student  may 
receive  credit  for  more  than  twenty-one  hours  in  a  semester  under 
any   circumstances. 


ACADEMIC   PROCEDURES 


Dean's   List 


Hours 
Permitted 


94 


1!  A  freshman  student  may  not  enroll  for  more  than  eight  hours 
)f  laboratory  science  courses  in  any  one  semester  except  upon  the 
ecommendation  of  the  student's  official  adviser. 

Any  student  who  is  permitted  to  take  more  than  eighteen 
emester  hours  of  work  will  be  charged  one-half  the  special  student 
uition  for  each  additional  hour  per  semester. 

No  student  can  be  registered  for  courses  in  another  college  at 
he  same  time  he  is  enrolled  in  Millsaps  without  the  written  per- 
nission  of  the  Associate  Dean. 


A  student  cannot  change  classes  or  drop  classes  or  take  up 
lew  classes  except  by  the  consent  of  the  Associate  Dean,  his  faculty 
idviser,  and  all  faculty  members  concerned.  Courses  dropped  within 
he  first  two  weeks  of  a  semester  do  not  appear  on  the  student's 
ecord.  Courses  dropped  after  the  first  two  weeks  and  before  the 
niddle  of  a  semester  are  recorded  as  WP  (withdrawn  passing)  or 
VF  (withdrawn  failing).  Courses  dropped  after  the  middle  of  a 
emester  are  recorded  as  failures.  If  a  student  drops  a  course  at 
my  time  without  securing  the  required  approvals,  he  receives  an  F 
n  that  course. 


A  student  desiring  to  withdraw  from  college  within  any  term 
nust  obtain  permission  from  the  Associate  Dean  and  file  a  withdrawal 
:ard.  No  refund  will  be  considered  unless  this  written  notice  is 
{procured  and  presented  to  the   Business  Office. 

Refunds  upon  withdrawal  will  be  made  only  as  outlined  elsewhere 
n  this  catalog  under  the  heading  of  "Financial  Regulations." 

A  student  who  withdraws  from  college  with  permission  after  the 
irst  two  weeks  of  a  semester  is  recorded  as  WP  (withdrawn  passing) 
)r  WF  (withdrawn  failing)  in  each  course.  A  student  who  withdraws 
vithout  permission   receives  a  grade  of  F   in  each  course. 

Enforced  withdrawal  may  result  from  habitual  delinquency  in 
:iass,  or  any  other  circumstance  which  prevents  the  student  from 
ulfilling  the  purpose  for  which  he  should  have  come  to  college. 

The  college  reserves  the  right  to  cancel  the  registration  of  any 
student  at  any  time.  In  such  a  case,  the  pro  rata  portion  of  tuition 
vill  be  returned,  except  that  students  withdrawing  under  discipline 
orfeit  the  right  to  a  refund  for  any  charges. 

No  student  who  withdraws  from  college  for  whatever  reason 
5  entitled  to  a  report  card  or  to  a  transcript  of  credits  until  he  has 
ettied  his  account  in  the   Business  Office. 


To  remain  in  college  a  freshman  must  pass  in  the  first  semester 
ix  hours  of  academic  work. 

After  the  first  half  year  a  student  must  pass  at  least  nine  hours 
•f  academic  work  each  semester  to  continue   in  college. 

Furthermore,  the  maximum  number  of  semesters  a  student  may 
>e  on  academic  probation  without  automatic  exclusion   is  two. 

ACADEMIC   PROCEDURES 


ADMINISTRATIVE 
REGULATIONS 

Schedule 
Changes 


Withdrawal 


Automatic 
Exclusion 


95 


Students  who  are  requested  not  to  re-enter  because  of  academic 
failure  may  petition  in  writing  for  readmission,  but  such  petition  will 
not  be  granted  unless  convincing  evidence  is  presented  that  the  failure 
was  due  to  unusual  causes  of  a  non-recurring  nature  and  that  the 
student  will  maintain  a  satisfactory  record  during  the  subsequent 
semester. 


Probation   is  defined  as  follows: 

Academic    Probation — 

Students  who  pass  enough  work  to  remain  in  college,  but  make 
in  any  semester  a  quality  index  of  less  than  1.5  will  be  placed 
on  probation.  Restricted  attendance  privileges  apply  for  all 
courses   in  which  such  students  are  enrolled. 

Students  may  be  removed  from  probation  by  making  a  2.00 
quality  point  index  during  a  regular  semester  or  during  a 
summer  session  at  Millsaps  College  in  which  the  student  is 
enrolled  for  at  least  twelve  hours  credit.  A  student  is  asked 
not  to  re-enroll  at  Millsaps  College  if  he  is  on  academic  proba- 
tion more  than  two  semesters  during  his  college  program. 

Disciplinary    Probation — 

Students  guilty  of  serious  infractions  of  the  regulations  of  the 
College  may  at  the  discretion  of  the  appropriate  dean  or  faculty 
committee  be  placed  on  disciplinary  probation.  Restricted  atten- 
dance privileges  may  apply  for  such  a  student  in  all  courses  in 
which   he   is  enrolled. 


Probation 


Irregular  attendance  is  an  indication  to  the  faculty  member  that 
the  students  may  be  having  difficulties  adjusting  to  the  work  of  the 
course  or  to  college  in  general.  The  primary  responsibility  for  coun- 
seling with  students  with  respect  to  their  absence  rests  with  the 
faculty  member;  but  in  the  following  circumstances,  the  faculty 
member  is  expected  to  bring  the  student's  unsatisfactory  attendance 
record  to  the  attention  of   the  Associate   Dean: 

1  .  For  a  freshman  —  whenever  his  total  absences  are  equal  to 
twice  the   number  of  class   meetings   per  week. 

2.     For   any   student  — • 

a.  When  he  has  been  absent  three  successive  class  meetings 
for    reasons    unknown   to   the    instructor. 

b.  Whenever  a  student's  absence   record   is  such   that  he   is 
in  danger  of  failing  the  course. 

This  reporting  of  absences  to  the  Associate  Dean  is  for  counseling 
purposes  only,  and  has  no  effect  on  the  student's  grade  in  the  course. 
Individual  faculty  members  decide  for  themselves  the  manner 
and  extent  to  which  absences  alone  will  affect  a  student's  grade. 
Each  faculty  member  is  expected  to  outline  his  policy  in  this  respect 
to  each  class  at  the  beginning  of  each  semester.  This  may  extend 
to  dismissal  from  the  course  with  a  grade  of  "F"  for  reasons  solely 
of   absence. 


Class 
Attendance 


ACADEMIC    PROCEDURES 


96 


Absences  are  excusable  only  by  the  individual  faculty  member, 
Dut  an  excused  absence  does  not  excuse  the  student  from  being 
responsible  for  the  course  work  that  was  presented  in  his  absence. 
Explanations  for  a  student's  absence  provided  by  a  parent,  medical 
doctor,  or  a  member  of  the  faculty  or  administration  may  be  helpful 
:o  the  faculty  member,  but  such  explanations  are  not  in  themselves 
excuses.  This  is  particularly  important  in  the  case  of  absences  involv- 
ng  missed  examinations,  late  assignments,  laboratory  sessions  and 
iimilar  scheduled  commitments.  Faculty  members,  however,  may  not 
excuse  students  from  attendance  on  the  two  days  preceding  and  the 
wo  days  following  vacation  periods  without  the  express  permission 
)f  the  Associate   Dean. 

Each  student  is  responsible  for  becoming  familiar  with  the 
general  attendance  policy  of  the  College  and  with  the  particular 
jolicies  operative  in  his  classes.  Further  elaboration  of  the  policies 
and  procedures  relating  to  attendance  are  to  be  found  in  the  student 
landbook,    MAJOR    FACTS. 


I|  Students  may  elect  to  be  exempt  from  final  examinations  in  the 
.emester  in  which  they  complete  their  comprehensive  examinations, 
3ut  only  in  those  courses  in  which  they  have  a  "C"  average  or  better, 
t  shall  be  understood,  however,  that  this  exemption  does  not  insure 
he  student  a  final  grade  of  C,  since  daily  grades  during  the  last  two 
veeks  shall  count  in  the  final  average.  Under  no  circumstances  may 
3  student  be  exempt  from  any  examination  in  more  than  one  term 
K  semester. 

Students  may  be  exempt  from  final  examinations  only  in  the 
.emester  in  which  they  complete  their  comprehensive,  scholastic  re- 
ijuirements  being  met. 

Seniors  may  be  allowed  one  special  examination  in  any  subject 
aken  and  failed  in  the  senior  year.  Permission  for  such  examination 
nust  be  secured  from  the  Associate  Dean. 


Milisaps  students  are  expected  to  act  with  honesty  and  integrity 
n  personal,  social,  and  academic  relationships,  and  with  consideration 
snd  concern  for  the  community,  its  members,  and  its  property.  The 
3oard  of  Trustees  and  the  administration  affirm  the  right  of  the 
ndividual  to  the  privacy  of  his  room.  The  use  of  intoxicating  bev- 
erages is  not  a  part  of,  nor  does  it  contribute  to,  the  total  educational 
;mphasis  of  Milisaps  College.  The  use,  possession,  or  distribution  of 
ntoxicants,  narcotics,  or  dangerous  drugs,  such  as  marijuana  and 
-SD,  except  as  expressly  permitted  by  law,  is  not  permitted.  The 
3oard  of  Trustees  does  not  approve  of  the  use  of  alcoholic  beverages 
)n  the  Milisaps  campus.  Gambling  is  not  permitted  within  the  pre- 
:incts   of    the    College. 

A  more  comprehensive  statement  is  contained  in  the  student 
landbook.  Specific  regulations  pertaining  to  academics,  residence  halls 
ind  other  facets  of  campus  life  are  included  in  this  and  other  pubii- 
:ations  available  through   the  Student  Affairs  Office. 


ACADEMIC    PROCEDURES 


Senior 
Exemptions 


Student 
Behavior 


97 


V 
Student  Life 


li 


Millsaps  College,  as  an  institution  of  The  United  Methodist 
Church,  seeks  to  understand  and  manifest  the  relationship  between 
Christian  perspectives  and  higher  education.  The  faculty  contains 
scholars  who  are  committed  to  religious  and  ethical  values  and  who 
strive  to  project  these  values  in  their  relationships  to  their  students 
and  colleagues.  The  majority  of  the  students  are  members  of  various 
Christian  denominations  or  groups  whose  purposes  and  interests 
are  in  consonance  with  those  of  the  college.  The  religious  life  of 
the  College  centers  around  the  churches  of  Jackson  and  the  campus 
religious  program. 

Stimulation  and  coordination  of  the  religious  life  of  the  campus 
are  the  functions  of  the  Committee  on  Religious  Activities,  the  Chap- 
lain, and  the  Chaplain's  Committee  of  the  College  Senate.  The  office 
of  the  Chaplain  attempts  to  maintain  direct  contact  with  student 
religious  groups  to  encourage  and  support  their  activities,  and  to 
provide  religious  and  personal  counseling  both  to  individuals  and  to 
groups.  Both  the  Religious  Activities  Committee  and  the  Chaplain's 
Committee,  consisting  of  faculty  and  student  members,  attempt  to 
determine  the  religious  needs  of  the  college  community  and  to  pro- 
vide special   programs  and  emphases  as   required. 

Student  religious  groups  vary  widely  and  in  recent  years  have 
tended  to  become  less  formal  and  structured  than  formerly.  Students 
desiring  the  more  structured  type  of  young  adult  programs  are  en- 
couraged to  affiliate  with  established  activities  in  local  churches  of 
their  choice.  Some  campus  groups  are  organized  along  denominational 
lines,  while  others  have  a  more  ecumenical  orientation  and  attempt 
to  provide  discussion,  study,  activities,  and  projects  which  will  appeal 
to  all  students,  whether  or  not  they  are  affiliated  with  a  specific 
church. 

The  newly-created  office  of  the  Chaplain  reflects  a  desire  for 
the  religious  life  on  the  campus  to  involve  an  organized  concern  for 
the  total  needs  of  the  Millsaps  community.  Persons  and  committees 
related  to  this  office  plan  for  concerns  that  are  narrowly  religious  in 
nature  as  well  as  those  that  represent  efforts  to  minister  to  personal 
needs  of  individuals  affecting  their  growth  as  creative  persons. 

The  Fellowship,  a  organization  of  persons  preparing  for  pro- 
fessional Christian  vocations,  attempts  to  create  programs  and  field 
work   appropriate   to   the   needs  of   student   members. 

College  personnel  as  a  whole  consider  it  a  part  of  their  responsi- 
bility to  counsel  students  in  an  effort  to  help  them  interpret  the 
total  life  experience.  In  this  maturing  process,  the  development  of 
sound  religious  and  ethical  values  are  considered  a  very  necessary 
element. 


RELIGIOUS 
LIFE 


Millsaps  College  recognizes  that  its  responsibility  for  liberal 
education  goes  beyond  provision  of  a  curriculum  of  academic  courses 
and  credits. 

The  Millsaps  Convocation  Series  is  designed  to  offer  rich  co- 
curricular  opportunities  to  Millsaps  students  and  to  the  general  public, 
opportunities  for  awareness  and  appreciation  of  the   arts,   for   under- 


CONVOCA" 
SERIES 


RELIGIOUS  ACTIVITIES 


100 


Wanding  of  the  work  of  the  various  sciences,  and  for  alertness  to  the 
ntellectual  and  social  issues  which  responsible  persons  must  face 
ntelligently. 

The  Series  consists  of  lectures,  plays,  movies,  readings,  concerts, 
iecitals,  panels,  symposia,  open  forums,  and  other  programs  led  by 
students,  faculty,  and  visiting  lecturers,  performers,  or  public  figures. 
Mi  these  have  to  do  with  the  true  aim  of  liberal  education:  the 
iberation  of  the  mind  to  grasp  the  world  of  nature  and  of  human 
ixperience  and  action  in  ail  its  richness  and  complexity,  and  to  respond 
vith  awareness,  sensitivity,  concern,  and  mature  judgment. 

The  athletic  policy  of  Millsaps  College  is  based  on  the  premise 
hat  athletics  exist  for  the  benefit  of  the  students  and  not  primarily 

10  enhance  the  prestige  and  publicity  of  the  college. 
It  is  believed  that  competitive  sports,  conducted  in  an  atmosphere 
>f  good  sportsmanship  and  fair  play,  can  make  a  significant  contribu- 
ion,  in  the  same  way  as  other  student  activities,  to  the  complete 
hysicai,  emotional,  moral,  and  mental  development  of  the  well- 
sunded  individual  and  that  they  are  thus  an  integral  part  of  a 
rogram  of  liberal  education.  Toward  this  end,  an  attempt  is  made  to 
rovide  a  sports-for-all  program  and  to  encourage  as  many  students 
s  possible  to  participate  in  some  form  of  intramural  or  intercollegiate 
thietic  competition. 

I  The  program  for  men  includes  football,  soccer,  basketball,  base- 
jail,  tennis,  golf,  and  archery.  There  is  no  intercollegiate  program 
Dr  women. 

The  program  is  conducted  on  guidelines  established  by  the 
lational  Collegiate  Athletic  Association  and  the  National  Association 
f  Intercollegiate  Athletics  of  which  Millsaps  College  is  a  member. 

Those  who  participate  in  intercollegiate  athletics  are  required  to 
bserve  and  maintain  the  same  academic  standards  as  other  students. 

In  scheduling  games,  preference  is  given  to  colleges  that  conduct 
n  athletic  program  on  a  basis  similar  to  that  at  Millsaps. 

The  program  for  men  provides  competition  among  campus  or- 
anizations  in  basketball,  volleyball,  Softball,  tennis,  track,  soccer, 
hd  golf.  Rules  are  made  and  administered  by  the  Intramural  Council, 
Dmposed  of  student  representatives  with  the  Intramural  Director  as 
n  ex-officio   member. 

The  program  for  women  is  administered  by  The  Women's  Intra- 
lural  Council,  whose  student  members  head  the  teams  that  compete 
1  such  sports  as  badminton,  volleyball,  tennis,  basketball,  and  softball. 
lection  to  the  Majorette  Club  provides  recognition  for  athletic  par- 
cipation. 

The  Physical  Activities  Center  provides  three  playing  floors  for 
slleybali,  badminton,  and  basketball.  It  has  dressing  rooms  for  all 
iams,  a  room  for  visiting  teams,  trainer's  room  complete  with  equip- 
lent  in  case  of  injuries,  a  class  room,  and  shower  and  locker  rooms 
)r  students   and   an    Olympic-sized   swimming    pool. 


ATHLETICS 


Knh 


1.-=*^  ^*f 


ATHLETICS 


Intercoliegiat-e 


Intramural 


Athletic 
Facilities 


101 


The  baseball  diamond,  separate  from  the  football  field,  is  also 
used  as  the  intramural  soccer  field.  There  are  also  two  softball  dia- 
monds and  a  quarter-mile  track. 

Six  tennis  courts  are  situated  near  the  gymnasium. 


The  Purple  and  White  is  the  official  student  newspaper  of  the 
College,  and  its  staff  is  composed  of  individuals  interested  in  campus 
journalism.  The  P&W  endeavors  to  provide  coverage  of  all  Millsaps 
events,  as  well  as  to  serve  as  a  forum  for  discussion  and  exploration 
of    ideas. 

Now  in  its  sixty-sixth  year,  the  Bobashela  is  the  annual  student 
publication  of  Millsaps  College,  attempting  to  give  a  comprehensive 
view  of  campus  life.  "Bobashela"  is  an   Indian  name  for  good  friend. 

Through  Stylus,  the  College  literary  magazine,  students  interested 
in  creative  writing  are  given  an  opportunity  to  see  their  work  in 
print.  The  publication  comes  out  twice  each  year  and  contains  the 
best  poetry,  short  stories,  and  essays  submitted  by  Millsaps  students. 


PUBLICATION 


Open  by  audition  to  all  students,  the  Singers  represent  Millsaps 
in  public  performances,  campus  programs,  annual  tours  throughout 
the  state,  and  to  other  areas  of  our  United  States.  In  recent  years  the 
choir  has  traveled  to  Colorado;  to  Washington,  D.C.;  to  Atlanta,  to 
record  for  the  National  Protestant  Hour;  and  to  Mexico.  The  choir 
has  sung  with  the  Memphis  Symphony  Orchestra  three  times,  the 
Jackson  Symphony,  the  Chicago  Chamber  Orchestra,  and  the  New 
Orleans  Philharmonic.  In  1969  Dave  Brubeck  appeared  with  the 
choir  for  performances  both  here  and  in  Atlanta  for  the  Southeast 
Choral  Conductors  Convention.  Last  year  the  choir  performed  with 
the  Jackson  Symphony  Orchestra  in  the  regular  concert  season.  Mem- 
bership earns  two  semester  hours  of  extracurricular  credit  for  the 
year's   work. 


MUSIC  AND 
DRAMA 

The  Millsaps 
Singers 


The  Troubadours  represent  Millsaps  College  locally,  throughout 
Mississippi,  the  South,  and  frequently  abroad.  In  1964  they  toured 
military  installations  in  Germany  and  France  for  eight  weeks.  In  1967 
they  were  featured  in  a  concert  with  the  Memphis  Symphony  Orches- 
tra. During  that  summer  they  went  to  the  Caribbean  Command,  per- 
forming for  the  Armed  Forces  under  the  auspices  of  the  USO.  In 
1  969,  they  returned  to  Europe  for  eight  weeks,  with  programs  sche- 
duled in  Germany,  Holland,  and  Belgium,  in  1970,  they  performed 
at  U.  S.  bases  in  Greenland,  Labrador,  and  Newfoundland.  In  the 
summer  of  1971  they  toured  Germany,  Italy,  Holland,  and  Belgium 
for  eight  weeks  on  their  third   USO  tour  to  Europe. 

Fifteen  students  comprise  the  singing  group  and  present  a 
variety  program  of  popular,  folk,  and  semi-classical  music,  in  a 
lively,  fast-moving  show  that  uses  choreography  and  is  accompanied 
by  piano,  percussion,  and  bass. 


Troubadours 


PUBLrCATIONS/PERFORMING  GROUPS 


102 


The  dramatic  club  of  the  College  Is  The  Millsaps  Players,  which 
jresents  four  three-act  plays  each  year.  Major  productions  of  recent 
^ears  include  "The  American  Dream,"  "The  Sea  Gull,"  "The  Three- 
Denny  Opera,"  "My  Fair  Lady,"  "Julius  Caesar,"  "Camelot,"  "Romeo 
and  Juliet,"  "Medea,"  "Becket,"  "Androcles  and  the  Lion,"  "The 
Zoo  Story,"  "Camino  Real,"  "Macbeth,"  "Luther,"  "Oliver!"  "Anti- 
gone," and  "The  Lion   in  Winter." 

Membership  in  The  Players  is  open  to  all  students,  and  effective 
Darticipation  in  the  productions  earns  one  extracurricular  credit  each 
lemester. 

The  Millsaps  Student  Association  is  governed  by  the  Student 
Senate.  The  Student  Senate  is  composed  of  seventeen  voting  mem- 
bers elected  from  the  Millsaps  Student  Association.  These  seventeen 
nembers  are  elected  as  follows:  1.  The  Ex-officio  Senators,  includ- 
ng  the  President,  First  Vice-President,  Second  Vice-President,  Secre- 
ary  and  Treasurer  of  the  Student  Association  are  elected  at  large. 
Z.  The  Class  Representatives:  Eight  Senators  are  the  President  of  each 
:lass  and  the  Vice-President  from  each  class.  3.  The  third  group 
hall  consist  of  four  Senators  elected  at  large  from  the  Student  As- 
iociation,   with    no   two    members    from    the   same   social    organization. 

Meetings  of  the  Student  Senate  are  held  on  the  second  Tuesday 
)f  each  month  with  other  meetings  called  when  the  Student  Body 
■^resident  considers  them  necessary.  All  members  of  the  Student 
3ody  automatically  become  members  of  the  Millsaps  Student  Associ- 
ition. 

The  duties  and  functions  of  the  Student  Senate  are  to  act  in 
he  administration  of  student  affairs,  to  cooperate  with  the  adminis- 
ration  in  the  orientation  program  of  the  College,  to  apportion  the 
student  activity  fee,  to  maintain  understanding  between  students  and 
acuity  and  to  work  for  the  benefit  of  the  student  body  and  for  the 
)rogress  of  the  College.  The  Millsaps  Judicial  Council  has  jurisdiction 
)ver  all  student  disciplinary  cases  except  when  an  individual's  eligi- 
)ility  to  continue  as  a  student  is  put  in  question  because  of  academic 
)r  medical  difficulties.  Its  decisions  shall  be  appealable  to  the  Presi- 
ient  of  the  College. 

Seven  voting  student  members,  nominated  by  a  special  com- 
nittee  of  the  Student  Senate  and  confirmed  by  the  Student  Senate, 
vith  a  view  of  appropriate  balance  in  regard  to  race,  sex,  and  place 
)f  residence  shall  be  appointed  to  serve  as  the  Judicial  Council.  The 
Dean  of  Men,  the  Dean  of  Women  and  the  Dean  of  the  Faculty 
hall  perform  as  non-voting  advisory  functions  for  the  Judicial 
-ouncil.  The  Judicial  Council  shall  be  called  into  session  whenever  the 
:ase  warrants  this  to  be  done. 

Alpha  Epsiion  Delta  is  an  honorary  pre-medical  fraternity, 
ounded  at  the  University  of  Alabama  in  1926.  Its  purpose  is  to-  pro- 
note  the  interests  of  pre-medical  students.  Leadership,  scholarship, 
xpertness,  character,  and  personality  are  the  qualities  by  which  stu- 
lents  are  judged  for  membership.  Alpha  Epsiion  Delta  strives  to 
>ridge  the  gap  between  pre-medical  and  medical  schools. 

STUKNT  ORGANIZATIONS 


The  Millsaps 
Players 


STUDENT 
ORGANIZATIONS 

Studenf 
Association 


Honor 
Societies 


103 


Alpha  Psi  Omega,  a  national  honorary  dramatic  fraternity,  recog- 
nizes members  of  the  Millsaps  Players  for  their  effective  participation 
in  acting,  directing,  make-up,  stage  management,  costuming,  lighting, 
or  publicity.  Each  year  the  name  of  the  outstanding  graduating  senior 
member  of  the  organization  is  engraved  on  a  trophy,  which  is  kept 
in   the   college   trophy   case. 

Beta  Beta  Beta,  established  at  Millsaps  in  1968,  is  a  national 
honor  fraternity  for  students  in  the  biological  sciences.  Its  purposes 
are  to  stimulate  sound  scholarship,  to  promote  the  dissemination  of 
scientific  truth,  and  to  encourage  investigation  of  the  life  sciences. 
Monthly  meetings  are  held  to  discuss  new  ideas,  research,  and  other 
material  pertinent  to  biology  and  related  sciences.  Activities  include 
off-campus  field  trips  and  the  invitation  of  nationally  prominent 
lecturers  to  the  campus. 

Chi  Chi  Chi  membership  is  earned  through  outstanding  scholar- 
ship in  the  study  of  chemistry.  The  organization  promotes  the  interest 
of  chemistry  students  by  sponsoring  numerous  visiting  lecturers,  and 
by  providing   assistance   to  the   Chemistry   Department   when   needed. 

Chi  Delta  is  a  local  honorary  literary  society  fostering  creative 
writing  among  the  women  students  at  Millsaps.  Membership  includes 
women  members  of  the  faculty  and  student  body  who  are  interested 
in   writing. 

Eta  Sigma,  scholastic  honorary,  was  founded  at  Millsaps  during 
the  1 920's  but  became  dormant  toward  the  end  of  World  War  II 
because  of  limited  civilian  enrollment.  Eta  Sigma  was  re-established 
on  Millsaps  campus  in  1957. 

Eta  Sigma  Phi  is  a  national  honor  fraternity,  recognizing  ability 
in  classical  studies.  Alpha  Phi,  the  Millsaps  chapter,  was  founded  in 
December,  1935. 

Gamma  Gamma  is  a  Greek  leadership  honorary  established  at 
Millsaps  College  in  1965.  Its  purpose  is  to  recognize  and  to  en- 
courage meritorious  service  to  the  Greek  system  and  to  the  College. 
Gamma  Gamma  seeks  improved  and  more  harmonious  relations  among 
the  fraternal  organizations  and  also  between  the  fraternal  system  and 
the  entire  College  community. 

Kappa  Delta  Epsilon,  a  professional  education  sorority,  promotes 
the  cause  of  education  by  fostering  high  scholastic  standing  and 
professional  ideals  among  those  preparing  for  the  teaching  profession. 

Kit  Kat  is  a  literary  fraternity  with  a  selected  membership  of 
men  students  and  faculty  members  who  have  literary  ambition  and 
ability.  Programs  consist  of  original  papers  read  by  the  members  and 
criticized  by  the  group. 

Omicron  Delta  Kappa  is  a  men's  leadership  society  with  chapters 
in  principal  colleges  and  universities.  Pi  Circle  at  Millsaps  brings 
together  members  of  the  student  body  and  faculty  interested  in 
campus  activities,  together  with  a  limited  number  of  alumni  and 
supporters  who  plan  for  the  betterment  of  the  College.  Membership 
in  Omicron   Delta   Kappa   is  a  distinct  honor. 

Pi  Delta  Phi  is  a  national  French  honor  society  which  recognizes 
attainment  and  scholarship  in  the  study  of  the  French  language  and 
literature.  Its  purpose  is  to  honor  those  students  having  earned  a 
minimun"!    of    eighteen    semester    hours    in    French,    and   who    have   a 


STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS 


pi 


m 


I 


104 


high  scholastic  average  In  all  subjects.  Honorary  members  are  chosen 
From  among  the  faculty,  alumni,  and  townspeople  who  have  special 
nterest   in   the   activities   of   this   organization. 

Pi  Kappa  Delta  is  a  national  honorary  which  recognizes  those 
/vho  have  distinguished  themselves  in  intercollegiate  debate  and 
forensic  activity. 

Psi  Delta  Chi  Is  a  local  honorary  recognizing  both  interest  and 
blllty  In  the  social  sciences.  Although  honorary  status  Is  reserved  for 
jtudenti   of   demonstrated   ability,    active   membership    Is   open    to   all 

nterested  students. 

Schiller  Gesellschaft  was  founded  in  order  to  give  recognition  to 

:hose   students  who   have   shown   excellence   in   the  study  of   German 

and    In   order   to    provide    a    forum    for    the    study    of    all    aspects   of 

Serman  civilization. 

Sigma  Delta  Pi,  the  International  Spanish  honorary,  was  estab- 
ished  at  Millsaps  College  on  February  24,  1968.  This  honor  society 
ecognizes  attainment  and  scholarship  in  the  study  of  the  Spanish 
anguage  and  literature.  Membership  Is  open  to  students  with  a  high 
jcholastic  average  in  all  subjects  who  also  possess  at  least  a  "B" 
average  in  Spanish.  Membership  is  limited  to  those  having  at  least 
:hree  college  years  of  Spanish  including  a  minimum  of  three  hours 
)f  literature. 

Sigma  Lambda  membership  is  the  highest  honor  a  Millsaps 
ivoman  can  receive.  To  be  considered  for  membership,  a  woman  must 
36  of  junior  standing,  must  have  a  2.8  over-all  point  Index,  and 
Tiust  have  exhibited  qualities  of  leadership,  character,  and  service  to 
he  college  community.  The  present  group  has  petitioned  Mortar 
Board,   a   national    leadership   honorary,   for   membership. 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  membership  is  offered  to  second  semester 
jophomores,  juniors,  and  seniors  who  are  majoring  in  one  of  the 
natural  sciences  and  who  fulfill  certain  specified  qualifications.  The 
Durpose  is  furthering  general  interest  in  the  sciences. 

There  are  four  fraternities  and  four  sororities  at  Millsaps.  The 
"raternltles  and  sororities  are  all  members  of  well-established  national 
3reek-letter  organizations. 

The  sororities  are  Chi  Omega,  Kappa  Delta, 

Phi   Mu,  and  Zeta  Tau  Alpha. 
The  fraternities  are   Kappa  Alpha,   Kappa  Sigma, 
Lambda  Chi  Alpha,  and   Pi   Kappa  Alpha. 
Policies    governing    sorority    and    fraternity    life    are    formulated 
hrough   the    Panhellenic   Council    and    the    Interfraternlty   Council    in 
reoperation  with  the  Committee  on  Social  Organizations. 

Fraternities  and  sororities  select  students  for  membership  during 
3  week  of  school  known  as  Rush  Week.  At  the  end  of  Rush  Week 
hese  organizations  offer  "bids"  to  the  students  whom  they  have 
selected.  Eligibility  for  membership  in  sororities  and  fraternities  is 
governed  by  the  following  regulations: 

^.      General   Conditions 

1.     Only  bona  fide  regular  students    (carrying  at  least  12  academic 
hours)    may  be   pledged   to   a   sorority  or   fraternity. 


STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS 


FRATERNITIES 
AND  SORORITIES 


105 


2.  A  student  may  not  be  pledged  to  a  fraternity  or  sorority  until 
his  official  registration  for  classes  has  been  cleared  by  the 
Registrar's   Office. 

3.  Each  social  organization  shall  secure  a  letter  of  scholastic 
eligibility  of  its  prospective  initiates  from  the  Registrar  prior 
to  the  initiation  ceremonies. 

4.  Only  persons  who  are  bona  fide  students  at  Millsaps  at  initiation 
time  can  be  initiated  into  a  sorority  or  fraternity,  except  by 
permission  of  the  Social  Organizations  Committee. 

Scholastic    Requirements 

1 .  To  be  eligible  for  initiation  into  a  sorority  or  fraternity,  a 
student  must  have  earned  in  his  most  recent  semester  of  resi- 
dence as  many  as  twenty-four  quality  points,  and  in  the  same 
semester  as  many  as  twelve  semester  hours  of  academic  credit, 
and   must  not  have  fallen   below  D   in  more  than  one  subject. 

2.  A  student  who  drops  a  course  after  the  end  of  the  half  semester 
shall  receive  an  F  for  sorority  or  fraternity  purposes  as  well  as 
for  academic  averages. 

3.  The  two  terms  of  summer  school  combined  shall  count  as  one 
semester  for  sorority  or  fraternity  purposes. 


Deutscher  Verein  was  founded  in  order  to  provide  an  organiza- 
tion for  the  informal  study  of  various  aspects  of  German  and  Austrian 
cultural  life.  At  Christmas  the  annual  "Weihnachtsfest"  has  already 
become  a  campus  tradition. 

The  Millsaps  Black  Students  Association  is  designed  to  stimulate 
and  improve  the  social  and  academic  atmosphere  for  Black  students 
at  Millsaps  College.  It  invites  the  active  participation  of  all  Black 
students   on    the   campus. 

The  Millsaps  Circle  K  Club  is  a  service  organization  jointly 
sponsored  by  the  College  administration  and  the  Capital  City 
Kiwanis  Club.  With  membership  open  upon  petition  to  all  interested 
and  qualified  male  students,  Circle  K  is  active  both  on  the  campus 
and  in  the  community.  Various  service  projects  are  sponsored  to 
promote  cultural,  social,  and  individual  enrichment,  as  well  as  the 
development   of    responsible    leadership. 


The  Founder's  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  the  senior  who  has 
the  highest  quality  index  for  his  entire  college  course  and  has  received 
a  grade  of  Excellent  on  his  comprehensive  examination.  Only  students 
who  have  done  at  Millsaps  College  all  the  work  required  for  the 
degree  are  eligible  for  this  award. 

The  Bourgeois  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  the  freshman,  sopho- 
more, or  junior  who  has  the  highest  quality  index  for  the  year.  Such 
student  must  be  a  candidate  for  a  degree,  and  must  have  taken  a 
minimum  of  thirty  semester  hours  of  college  work  during  the  year 
in  which  the  medal  is  awarded  to  him.  No  student  can  win  this 
medal  a  second  time. 

MEDALS  AND  PRIZES 


11 


ACTIVITY 
GROUPS 


MEDALS 
AND  PRIZES 


106 


The  John  C.  Carter  Medal  for  Oratory  is  awarded  annually  to  the 
student  who  presents  the  best  original  oration  in  the  oratorical  contest. 
This  contest,  open  to  men  and  women  students,  is  held  in  December 
of  each   year. 

The  Clark  Essay  Medal  is  awarded  annually  to  that  student  who 
presents  the  best  and  most  original  paper  in  an  English  elective  course 
in  Millsaps  College. 

The  Buie  Medal  for  Declamation,  open  to  freshmen  and  sopho- 
mores, cannot  be  awarded  to  any  student  more  than  once.  The  contest 
for  this  medal    is   held  at  Commencement  each   year. 

Chi  Omega  Award.  Chi  Omega  sorority,  seeking  to  further  the 
interest  of  women  in  the  social  sciences,  presents  an  award  of  $25.00 
to  the  girl  having  the  highest  average  for  the  year  in  the  field  of 
history,  political  science,  psychology,  sociology,  economics,  or  other 
courses   in  the  social  sciences. 


The  Charles  Betts  Galloway  Award  for  the  best  sermon  preached 
by  a  ministerial  student  of  Millsaps  College  is  presented  on  Com- 
mencement Sunday.  This  annual  award,  established  by  the  Galloway 
family  in  honor  of  the   late   Bishop  Galloway,   is  a  medal. 

Theta  Nu  Sigma  awards  annually  a  certificate  to  the  member 
of  the  graduating  class  who  has  done  outstanding  work  in  the  natural 
sciences. 

The  Alpha  Psi  Omega  Award,  The  Millsaps  Players  Acting 
Awards,  the  Jackson   Little  Theatre  Award,  and  The  Mitchell  Award 

are   given   each   year  to   those   students   who   are   outstanding    in    dra- 
matics. 

Alpha  Epsilon  Delta  Award.  The  local  chapter  of  Alpha  Epsilon 
Delta,  a  national  society  for  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  students, 
awards  annually  a  certificate  of  merit  to  the  most  outstanding  member 
of  the  society  in  the  graduating  class. 

General  Chemistry  Award.  The  Chemistry  Department  presents 
annually  to  the  student  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  in  General 
Chemistry    a    handbook    of    chemistry    and    physics. 

■ 

The  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  French  was  established  in 

1 958    in    honor    of    Albert    Godfrey    Sanders,    Emeritus    Professor    of 

Romance  Languages,  who  retired  as  Chairman  of  that  department  in 

1956.   This  award   is   given   to   a   student   in    Intermediate   French   on 

the    basis    of    academic    excellence    in    the    language    and    for    general 

interest  and  contributions  in  the  dissemination  of  French  culture  and 

civilization.    The    award    is    intended    to    encourage    students    on    the 

intermediate    level    to   continue   their   studies    in   the   field    of    French 

literature,    and    it   carries    with    its    honor    a    certificate    of    excellence 

and  a  handsome  volume,  devoted   to  some  aspect  of  French  culture, 

donated  by  the  Cultural  Services  of  the  French  Embassy  in  New  York. 


MEDALS  AND  PRIZES 


107 


The  Albert  Godfrey  Sanders  Award  in  Spanish  has  the  same 
purpose  and  qualifications  for  the  student  in  Intermediate  Spanish 
as  the  A.  G.  Sanders  Award  in  French  has  for  students  of  that  lan- 
guage. The  award,  in  addition  to  the  honor  conferred,  consists  of  a 
certificate  of  excellence  and  a  handsome  volume  devoted  to  some 
aspect  of  Spanish  culture. 

The  West  Tatum  Award  is  made  annually  to  the  outstanding 
pre-medical  student  selected  by  the  faculty.  The  award  is  given 
anonymously  by  an  alumnus  of  the  College  as  a  memorial  to  the 
late  W.  O.  Tatum,  who  was  for  many  years  a  member  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees  of  the  College. 

Awards  in  German.  Each  year,  through  the  generosity  of  the 
West  German  Federal  Republic  and  the  Republic  of  Austria,  the  De- 
partment of  German  presents  appropriate  book  prizes  to  students 
showing  excellence  in  the  German  language  and  literature. 

Schiller  Gesellschaff'  Prize.  The  Schiller  Gesellschaft  offers  an 
award  annually  to  the  graduating  senior  who  has  distinguished  himself 
in  the  study  of  German  at  Millsaps. 

The  Deutscher  Verein  Award  is  made  to  a  member  of  this  or- 
ganization for  his  or  her  outstanding  contribution  during  the  current 
school  year. 

The  Henry  and  Katherine  Bellamann  Award  in  the  Creative  Arts 

is  a  cash  award  derived  from  the  income  each  year  from  a  $3000.00 
grant  given  to  Millsaps  College  in  1963  by  the  Henry  Bellamann 
Memorial  Foundation  and  is  intended  to  recognize  the  achievements 
of  the  student  doing  the  most  outstanding  work  in  one  of  the  creative 
arts  —  in  writing,   in  composing,  or   in  one  of  the  graphic  arts. 

The  Wall  Street  Journal  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  Wall 
Street  Journal  of  New  York  to  the  outstanding  senior  student  major- 
ing  in  the  field  of  Economics,  Accounting,  and  Administration. 

The  Freshman  Mathematics  Award  is  made  annually  by  the  De- 
partment of  Mathematics  of  Millsaps  College  to  the  most  outstanding 
freshman  in  the  field  of  mathematics.  The  winner  is  chosen  on  the 
basis  of  grades  in  freshman  mathematics  and  the  score  on  the  place- 
ment tests  given  to  those  who  have  the  grade  of  A  in  both  courses. 

The  Mathematics  Major  Award  is  made  annually  to  three  majors 
who  show  promise  in  the  field  of  mathematics.  Each  recipient  is  given 
a  year's  membership  in  the  American  Mathematical  Society. 

The  Biology  Award.  The  Department  of  Biology  recognizes  an- 
nually an  outstanding  member  of  the  graduating  class  whose  major  is 
biology. 

The  Eta  Sigma  Phi  Award  is  made  to  the  student  with  the  highest 
scholastic  average  in  second  year  Latin. 


MEDALS  AND  PRIZES 


108 


The  General  Physics  Award.  The  Physics  department  presents 
annually  to  the  two  students  with  the  highest  scholastic  average  in 
General  Physics  copies  of  the  "Handbook  of  Physics  and  Chemistry." 

The  Pendergrass  Medal  is  awarded  at  Commencement  to  the 
most  outstanding  senior  student  who  plans  to  enter  the  pastoral 
ministry  of  the  United  Methodist  Church  and  to  enter  seminary  to 
prepare  for  this  responsibility.  This  award  was  established  by  a  donor 
in  honor  of  Bishop  Edward  J.  Pendergrass,  and  is  given  on  the  basis 
of  scholastic  competence,  leadership,  and  promise  of  future  usefulness 
and  dedication. 

The  Chi  Chi  Chi  Award.  The  local  chapter  of  Chi  Chi  Chi,  a 
chemistry  honorary,  each  year  gives  an  award  to  the  most  outstanding 
graduating  senior  in  the  field  of  chemistry. 

The  President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award.  The  Political  Science 
Department  established  the  President  John  F.  Kennedy  Award  to  be 
given  to  the  most  outstanding  senior  graduating  in  Political  Science 
who  has  demonstrated  qualities  of  excellence  in  his  academic  career, 
personal  integrity,  and  commitment  to  the  highest  ideals  of  the 
public  good  in  a  democratic  society. 

The  American  Bible  Society  Award.  This  award,  a  copy  of  the 
United  Bible  Societies'  Greek/English  Wide  Margin  Loose-Leaf  New 
Testament,  is  presented  to  a  student  nominated  by  the  faculty  of  the 
Department  of  Religion  for  excellence  in  achievement  in  studies  in 
the  field  of  Religion. 

The  Mississippi  Society  of  Certified   Public  Accountants'  Award. 

The  Mississippi  Society  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  has  recognized 
the  program  of  study  in  accountancy  at  Millsaps  as  satisfying  its 
requirements  for  recognition,  by  making  available  an  award,  a  specially 
designed  medal,  which  is  to  be  presented  to  the  student  majoring 
in  accountancy  who  has  shown  superior  achievement  in  his  accounting 
courses. 

Analytical  Chemistry  Award.  This  award  is  sponsored  each  year 
by  the  Millsaps  College  Department  of  Chemistry  and  the  American 
Chemical  Society,  Division  of  Analytical  Chemistry,  and  is  awarded 
to  the  most  outstanding  undergraduate  in  Analytical  Chemistry. 

i 

The  C.  Wright  Mills  Award  in  Sociology.  This  award  is  gi\en 
each  year  to  the  senior  sociology  major  who  achieves  the  highest 
score  on  the  standardized  national  examinations  in  sociology. 


MEDALS   AND   PRIZES 


1      ^ 


109 


jg 


i 


VI 

Register 


THE  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


OFFICERS 

James   B.   Campbell    Chairman 

Mack  B.  Stokes Vice  Chairman 

James  T.   McCafferty    Secretary 

W.  M.  Buie    Treasurer 

REGULAR  TRUSTEES 
Term    Expires   in    1 974 

Blanton     Doggett      Greenville 

G.    H.    Holloman    Greenwood 

G.     Eliot    Jones     Laurel 

J.     D.     Slay     Heidelberg 

E.   H.   Bacot    Pascagoula 

John    Egger     Meridian 

C.     M.     Murry     Oxford 

Jack    Reed     Tupelo 

Term    Expires   in    1 977 

Norman   U.   Boone Philadelphia 

Jesse  E.  Brent Greenville 

J.  Willard  Leggett,  III Vicksburg 

James  T.  McCafferty New  Albany 

Hyman  F.  McCarty Magee 

George  B.  Pickett,  Sr Jackson 

John     D.    Wofford     Greenwood 

Edward  E.  Woodali,  Jr Grenada 

SPECIAL  TRUSTEES 
Term    Expires   in    1975 

Fred  Adams,  Jr Jackson 

G.  C.  Cortright    Rolling   Fork 

Morris   Lewis,  Jr ._ Indianoia 

David  A.  Mcintosh Jackson 

W.  H.  Mounger Jackson 

N.  S.  Rogers Houston,  Texas 

Tom  B.  Scott,  Jr Jackson 

Term    Expires   in    1978 

Mrs.  Sim  C.  Gallon    Natchez 

Robert  L.  Ezelle Jackson 

Alan  R.  Holmes South  Orange,  New  Jersey 

Robert  O.   May Greenville 

Richard  McRae Jackson 

John  M.   Tatum    Hattiesburg 

Lavelie  Woodrick Oxford 

1  1  2  BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 


FACULTY   REPRESENTATIVE 

Frank    M.    Laney,    Jr Jackson 

COLLEGE  ATTORNEY 

W.    F.    Goodman,   Jr Jackson 

TRUSTEES   EMERITI 

Roy     Boggan      Tupelo 

Fred     B.    Smith     Ripley 

Ben  M.  Stevens,  Sr Richton 


STANDING  COMMITTEES  OF  THE   BOARD  OF  TRUSTEES 

1973-74 


Academic   Committee:   Tom    B.    Scott,   Jr.,   Chairman;    Norman    U.    Boone,    Mrs.    Sim   C. 
Gallon,   Bianton   Doggett,   Robert  O.   May,   John   M.   Tatum,   Edward   M.   Collins,   Jr. 


Audit  Committee:  Jesse   E.    Brent,   Chairman;    Bianton    Doggett,   J.    D.    Slay,    Edward   M. 
Collins,   Jr. 


Buildings  and  Grounds  Committee:   Robert  L.   Ezelle,  Chairman;   Fred   Adams,   Jr.,   E.   H. 
Bacot,  James  T.  McCafferty,  J.   D.  Slay,   Lavelle  Woodrick,   Edward  M.  Collins,  Jr. 


Executive  Committee:  James  B.  Campbell,  Chairman;  Garland  H.  Holioman,  Hyman  F. 
McCarty,  Richard  McRae,  William  H.  Mounger,  Jack  Reed,  George  B.  Pickett,  Sr., 
Tom  B.  Scott,  Mack  B.  Stokes,  Edward  M.  Collins,  Jr. 


External  Affairs  Committee:  George  B.  Pickett,  Sr.,  Chairman;  Jesse  E.  Brent,  James  B. 
Campbell,  John  Egger,  Hyman  F.  McCarty,  Richard  McRae,  Jack  Reed,  Edward  M. 
Collins,   Jr. 


Finance  Committee:  William  H.  Mounger,  Chairman;  Webb  Buie,  James  B.  Campbell, 
G.  Cauley  Cortright,  Alan  R.  Holmes,  G.  Eliot  Jones,  Frank  M.  Laney,  Jr.,  Morris 
Lewis,  Jr.,   Nat  S.   Rogers,  Mack  B.  Stokes,   Edward  M.   Collins,  Jr. 


Student  Affairs  Committee:  Garland  H.  Holioman,  Chairman;  J.  Willard  Leggett,  III, 
David  A.  Mcintosh,  C.  M.  Murry,  Edward  E.  Woodall,  Jr.,  John  D.  Wofford,  Ed- 
ward  M.    Collins,   Jr. 


BOARD  OF   TRUSTEES  1  1  B 


OFFICERS  OF  THE  ADMINISTRATION 

EDWARD   M.   COLLINS,   JR A.B.,    B.D.,    M.A.,    Ph.D.    ' 

President 

J.  HARVEY  SAUNDERS    A.B.,   M.A.,   Ph.D. 

Dean  of  the   Faculty 

A.  P.  PERKINSON A.B. 

Director  of  Development  and  Public  Relations 

J.  WALTON  LIPSCOMB,  III   B.S.,  CPA 

Controller  and  Assistant  Treasurer 


ADMINISTRATIVE  STAFF 

DAVID  W.   BOYDSTUN 

Director  of  Data  Processing  Office 

JOHN  H.  CHRISTMAS    B.S.,  A.M. 

Director  of  Admissions 

PAUL  DOUGLAS  HARDIN    A.B.,  A.M. 

Associate  Dean  and  Registrar 

WILLIAM    E.    LAMPTON    A.B.,   B.D.,   M.A.,   Ph.D. 

Associate   Director  of  Development 

JAMES  J.   LIVESAY    A.B. 

Director  of  Alumni  and  Church  Relations 

JANE    ROSSON     B.B.A,  M.Ed. 

Dean  of  Women 

JAMES  W.  WOOD A.B.,  B.S. 

Director  of  Services 

JACK  L.  WOODWARD A.B.,  B.D. 

Dean  of  Men  and  Director  of  Financial  Aid 


114  THE  ADMINISTRATION 


THE  COLLEGE  FACULTY 

EMERrTUS  FACULTY 

MAGNOLIA  COULLET    (1927)  Emerita    Professor   of   Ancient    Languages 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Pennsylvania;  Graduate  Work, 

American  Academy  in  Rome,  University  of  Chicago;  B.M.,  Belhaven  College; 

Graduate  Work  in  Voice,  Bordeaux,  France;  A.M.   (German),  University  of 

Mississippi;  Advanced  Study,  Goethe  Institute,  Germany 

ELIZABETH  CRAIG   (1926)    Emerita  Professor  of  French 

A.B.,  Barnard  College,  Columbia  University;  A.M.,  Columbia  University; 

Diplome  de  la  Sorbonne,  Ecole  de  preparation  des  professeurs  de  francais 

a  i'etranger,  Faculte  des  Lettres,  Universite  de  Paris;  Advanced  Graduate 

Work,  Columbia  University;  Palmes  Academiques 

MARGUERITE  WATKINS  GOODMAN    (1935)     Emerita    Professor  of   English 

A.B.,  Agnes  Scott  College;  A.M.,  Tulane  University 

ROSS   HENDERSON    MOORE    (1923)     Emeritus    Professor   of    History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Chicago;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

MILDRED  LILLIAN  MOREHEAD    (1947)     Emerita    Professor  of   English 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Duke  University 

ALBERT  GODFREY  SANDERS  (1919)    Librarian  Emeritus 

A.B.,  Southwestern  (Texas);  A.B.,  Yale  University;  Rhodes  Scholar, 
1907-1910;  A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Oxford;  L.H.D.,  Millsaps  College 

GEORGE    ROYSTER   STEPHENSON    (1963)     Emeritus   Associate    Professor   of 

Ancient  Languages 
A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  University  of  the  South;  LL.D.,  Mississippi  College 

THURSTON  WALLS    (1957)    Emeritus  Professor  of  Economics 

and   Business  Administration 
A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Texas;  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Texas 

FACULTY 

(The  year  in  parentheses  after  each  name  indicates  the 
first  year  of  service  at  Millsaps  College) 

*JOHN  QUINCY  ADAMS    (1965)     Associate   Professor  of   Political   Science 

B.A.,   Rice   University;   M.A.,   University  of  Texas,   El    Paso;   J.    D.,    University   of   Texas,   Austin; 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Texas 

ROBERT   E.    ANDING    (1952)     Associate    Professor    of    Religion 

Director   of   Town    and   Country   Work 
A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  Emory  University;  A.M.,  Mississippi  College; 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  Mississippi  State  University 

McCARRELL  L.  AYERS   (1965)    Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York); 
M.M.,  Indiana  University 

RICHARD  BRUCE  BALTZ  (1966)    Dan  White  Professor  of  Economics 

A.A.,  Belleville  Jr.  College;  B.B.A.,  M.S.,  Baylor  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Arkansas 

HOWARD  GREGORY  BAVENDER   (1966)    Associate  Professor  of 

Political  Science 
A.B.,  College  of  Idaho;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin;  Post  Graduate 
Work,  University  of  Texas,  University  of  Massachusetts 
*HaIf-time,  1973-74. 

THE  FACULTY  1  1  5 


RONDAL  EDWARD  BELL   ( 1 960)    Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  William  Jewell  College;  M.S.,  University  of  New  Mexico;  Advanced 

Graduate  Work,  University  of  New  Mexico,  University  of  Colorado; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

ROBERT  EDWARD  BERGMARK   (1953) J.  Reese  Linn  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Emory  University;  S.T.B.,  Ph.D.,  Boston  University 

ROY  ALFRED  BERRY,  JR.    (  1962)         J.  B.  Price  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  North  Carolina 

ALLEN  DAVID  BISHOP,  JR.    (1967) Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mlllsaps  College;  M.S.,  Louisiana  State  University; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Houston 

LOIS  TAYLOR  BLACKWELL   (1963)     Assistant  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

FRANCES  BLISSARD  BOECKMAN    (1966)    Instructor,  Catalog  Librarian 

A.B.,  Belhaven  College;  A.M.,  Mississippi  College 

GEORGE  WILSON  BOYD   (1959)    Milton  Christian  White  Professor 

of   English    Literature 
A.B.,  Murray  State  College;  A.M.,  University  of  Kentucky;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University 

-CATHERINE    HESS    BRACE     (1973)  Visiting     Instructor    of    Education 

B.A.,  Michigan  State  University;  M.S.,  Michigan  State  University 

BILLY  MARSHALL  BUFKIN    (1960)    Associate  Professor  of 

Romance   Languages 

A.B.,  A.M.,  Texas  Technological  College;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 

Tulane  University;  Diploma  de  Estudios  Hispanlcos 

de  la  Universidad  de  Madrid 

C.  LELAND  BYLER    ( 1  959)    Professor  of  Music 

A.B.,  Goshen  College;  M.M.,  Northwestern  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 
University  of  Michigan,  University  of  Colorado 

CHARLES  EUGENE  CAIN    (1960)     Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina;  A.M.,  Duke  University;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University 

FRANCES  HEIDELBERG  COKER    (1967) Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  Graduate  Work,  University  of  North  Carolina, 
Uppsala  University   (Sweden),  University  of  Hawaii;  M.S.T.,  Illinois  ^ 

Institute  of  Technology  I 

EDWARD  M.  COLLINS,  JR.    (1970)     Professor  of  Speech 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  Emory  University;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa; 
Ph.D.,  Ohio  University 

J.   HARPER  DAVIS    (1964)     Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

Head   Football    Coach 

B.S.,  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  State  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 

Mississippi  State  University  9 

MARY  JAMES   DEAN    (1967) Visiting    Instructor   of    English 

B.A.,  Mississippi  College,  M.A.,  Drew  University 

MARY  ANN  EDGE    (1958)     . Associate  Professor  of  Physical   Education 

B.S.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 
Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Southern  Mississippi 

GEORGE  HAROLD  EZELL   (1967)     .     Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Mississippi  College;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mississippi 

FRANCIS  WILLIAM  FROHNHOEFER    (1972)  Assistant  Professor  of  Administration 

and    Accounting 

A.B.,  Catholic  University  of  America;  M.A.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania;  M.B.A.,  The  Wharton  School 
*First  Semester 

1  16  THE    FACULTY 


CHARLES  BETTS  GALLOWAY   (1939)    Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Duke  University 

LANCE  GOSS    ( 1 950)     Professor  of  Speech; 

Director   of  The   Millsaps   Players 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Northwestern  University; 

Special  Study,  The  Manhattan  Theatre  Colony;  Summer  Theatre,  The  Ogunquit 

Playhouse  and  the  Belfry  Theatre;  Cinema  Workshop, 

The  University  of  Southern  California 

JOHN  L.  GUEST   (1957)     Associate  Professor  of  German 

A.B.,  University  of  Texas;  A.M.,  Columbia  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 

New  York  University;  Ottendorfer  Fellowship  in  Germanic  Philology, 

Bonn  University;  Fulbright  Scholarship,  University  of  Vienna 

PAUL  DOUGLAS  HARDIN    (1946)    Associate  Professor  of  English 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  A.M.,  Duke  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 
University  of  Southern  California 

FLOREADA  MONTGOMERY  HARMON   (1972)    Instructor,  Circulation  Librarian 

A.B.,  Tougaloo  College;  A.M.L.S.,  Louisiana  State  University 

IRA   WILFORD    HARVEY    (1973)     Assistant    Professor    of    Education 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi  Medical  Center 

*LINDA  MORROW   HARVEY    (1973)     Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  College 

NELLIE  KHAYAT  HEDERI    (1952)    Associate  Professor  of  Spanish 

A.B.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  A.M.,  Tulane  University 

DANIEL   G.    HISE    (1969)     Assistant    Professor    of    English 

A.B.,  University  of  California  at  Berkeley;  Ph.D.,  Tulane  University 

WENDELL  B.  JOHNSON    (1954)    Associate  Professor  of  Geology 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Kansas  State  College;  Graduate  Work,  Missouri  School  of 
Mines,  University  of  Missouri 

MARSHALL  THEODORE  KEYS    (1970)     Instructor  in  English 

A.B.,  Rutgers;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt  University 

DONALD  D.  KILMER   (1960)    Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  M.M.,  Indiana  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Union  Theological  Seminary, 
University  of  Kansas,  University  of  Illinois 

SAMUEL  ROSCOE  KNOX    (1949)     Benjamin  Ernest  Mitchell  Professor 

of  Mathematics 
A.B.,  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi;  Ph.D.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 

FRANK  MILLER  LANEY,  JR.   ( 1 953)    Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  University  of  Mississippi;  A.M.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia 

RUSSELL  WILFORD  LEVANWAY   (1956)    Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Miami   (Florida);  M.S.,  Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University 

THOMAS  WILEY   LEWIS,    III     (1959)     Professor   of    Religion 

A.B.,  Millsaps  College;  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Drew  University 

ROBERT   S.    McELVAINE     (1973)     Assistant    Professor    of    History 

B.A.,  Rutgers  University;  M.A.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Binghamton 

!  HERMAN  LAMAR  McKENZIE    (1963)    Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Millsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  M.S.,  University  of  Mississippi 

*Second  Semester 

THE  FACULTY  1  1  7 


JAMES  PRESTON  McKEOWN    (1962)     Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  University  of  the  South;  A.M.,  University  of  Mississippi; 
Ph.D.,  Mississippi  State  University 

MYRTIS  FLOWERS  MEADERS   (1960)    Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Miilsaps  College;  M.Ed.,  Mississippi  College 

AGNES  MILLS    (1973)    Instructor,  Reference  Librarian 

B.A.,  Abilene  Christian  College;  M.A.,  George  Peabody  College 

LUCY  WEBB  MILLSAPS   (1969)    Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Newcomb  College;  M.A.,  The  University  of  Mississippi 

*MICHAEL    H.    MITIAS     (1967) Professor    of    Philosophy 

A.B.,  Union  College;  Advanced  Graduate  Study,  University  of  Missouri; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Waterloo 

JAMES  A.  MONTGOMERY   (1959)    Professor  and  Director  of 

Physical   Education 

A.B.,  Birmingham-Southern  College;  A.M.,  George  Peabody  College  for 
Teachers;  Ed.D.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers 

CAROLINE  H.  MOORE   (1968) Instructor,  Order  Librarian 

A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  Woman's  College;  A.M.,  Radcliffe  College 

PAUL  T.  MURRAY,  JR.    (1972)    Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  University  of  Detroit;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University; 
Ph.D.,  Florida  State  University 

ROBERT  B.  NEVINS   (1967)    Associate  Professor  of  Biology 

A.B.,  Washington  University;  M.S.,  University  of  Missouri;  Advanced 
Graduate  Work,  University  of  Missouri 

='=*ROBERT   HERBERT    PADGETT    (1960)  Associate    Professor    of    English 

A.B.,  Texas  Christian  University;  A.M.,  Vanderbilt  University;  Advanced  Graduate  Work, 
Vanderbilt  University;  Fulbright  Scholarship,  Universite  de  Clermont-Ferrand 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.   (1969)    Assistant  Professor,  Librarian 

A.B.,  Mississippi  College;  M.L.S.,  Peabody  College 

FRANCIS  E.  POLANSKI    (1965)    .    Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  University  of  Rochester  (New  York); 
M.M.,  University  of  Michigan 

THOMAS  L.  RANAGER    (1964)    Instructor  of  Physical  Education; 

Assistant   Football   Coach 
B.S.,  Mississippi  State  University 

LEE  H.  REIFF   (1960)    Tatum  Professor  of  Religion 

A.B.,  B.D.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Yale  University 

ARNOLD  A.  RITCHIE    (1952)    Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics  I 

B.S.,  Northeastern  State  College  of  Oklahoma;  M.S.,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.  College;  i 

Advanced  Graduate  Work,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.  College,  University  of  Tennessee  I 

WILLIAM  D.  ROWELL   (1968)    Associate  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Memphis  Academy  of  Arts;  M.F.A.,  The  University  of  Mississippi 


*0n  Leave,  First  Semester,  1973-74 
:=*On  Leave,  1973-74 

118  THE  FACULTY 


WILLIAM  CHARLES  SALLIS  (1968)    Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  M.S.,  Mississippi  State  College;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Kentucky 

J.  HARVEY  SAUNDERS   (1971  ) Associate  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Marshall  University;  M.A.,  Stetson  University;  Ph.D., 
The  University  of  Georgia 

HILLIARD  SAUNDERS,  JR.    (1967)     Assistant  Professor  of  French 

A.B.,  Louisiana  State  University;  Diplome  de  Cours  de  Civilization 
Francaise  a  la  Sorbonne,  Paris;  M.A.,  Louisiana  State  University 

ROBERT  A.  SHIVE,  JR.    (1969)    Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  M.S.,  Southern  Methodist  University;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University 

JONATHAN  SWEAT  { 1  958)    Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  M.S.,  The  Juilliard  School  of  Music;  A.Mus.D.,  The  University  of  Michigan 

EDMOND  R.  VENATOR    ( 1 967 )  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Buffalo;  Ph.D.,  Emory  University 

STEVE  CARROLL  WELLS    (1968)    Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting 

A. A.,  Copiah-Lincoln  Junior  College;  A.B.,  M.A.,  University  of  Mississippi;  C.P.A. 

ARTHUR    ERIC    YENSEN     (1973)  Assistant    Professor    of    Biology 

B.S.,  The  College  of  Id^ho;  M.A.,  Oregon  State  University;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Arizona 


PART-TIME   FACULTY 

LOUISE  ESCUE  BYLER  (1956)         Music 

B.M.,  Belhaven  College;  M.M.Ed.,  Louisiana  State  University 

DIANE  TRIPLETT  PEARSON   (1972) Accounting 

B.S.,  Mississippi  State  College  for  Women;  M.B.A.,  Delta  State  College;  C.P.A. 


THE  FACULTY  1  19 


LIBRARY  STAFF 

FRANCES  BLISSARD  BOECKMAN    (1966)    Catalog  Librarian 

EDITH    BOWIE    (1973)     Secretary   to   the    Librarian 

FLOREADA  M.  HARMON    (1972)    Circulation  Librarian 

AGNES  MILLS    ( 1  973 )     Reference  Librarian 

CAROLINE  H.  MOORE    (1968)    Order  Librarian 

JAMES  F.  PARKS,  JR.   ( 1 969)    Librarian 

ANN  T.  RATCHFORD   ( 1  970)    Catalog  Assistant 

GERRY  REIFF    (1972)     Audio-Visual  Assistant 

JOYCELYN  V.  TROTTER   ( 1  963)    Serials  Assistant 

STAFF  PERSONNEL 

MRS.  ALICE  ACY    (1961  )     Grill  Manager 

MRS.  ERLENE  ANTHONY   (1960)     Manager,  Bookstore 

MRS.  MARY  LOUISE  ATKINSON   (1972)    Asst.,  Registrar's  Office 

MISS  SARA  L.  BROOKS   ( 1  955)    Assistant  Registrar 

MRS.  CLAUDIA  BROCATO  (1971  )    Clerical  Asst.,  Development 

LEE    COCKRELL    (1973)     Maintenance    Foreman 

MRS.  GRACE  COPELAND   (1968)    Resident  Hostess,  New  Men's  Residence  Hall 

MICHAEL  CORY   (1971  )    Manager,  Food  Service 

MRS.  NAN  CRAIG   ( 1  972)    Resident  Hostess,  Franklin  Hall 

MRS.  JOHN  FENNELL,  RN   (1967)    College  Nurse 

MRS.  KATHRYN  FLEMING  (1969)    Resident  Hostess,  Ezelle  Hall 

MRS.  ANN  FRANCISKATO   (1970)    Asst.,  Registrar's  Office 

MRS.  MARTHA  GALTNEY   (1955)    Administrative  Asst.,  Student  Affairs 

MRS.    CHARLOTTE    GILLIS     Computer    Operator/Programmer 

MRS.    PAT  GRANT    ( 1971  )     Asst.,    Development   Office 

MISS  VIRGINIA  HARKEY  (1972)    Admissions  Counselor 

MRS.   MARSHALL  KEYES    (1973)     Asst.,   Public    Information 

1 20         STAFF 


REX  ROY  LATHAM    (1956)    Maintenance  Engineer 

MRS.  WARRENE  W.  LEE   ( 1  955)    Bookkeeper  and  Office  Manager 

MRS.  KATHERINE  LEFOLDT  (1970)    Academic  Complex  Hostess 

MRS.    DIANNE    MASON     (1973)     Asst.,    Alumni    Office 

MRS.  VIRGINIA  McCOY   (1966)    Switchboard  Operator 

KEITH  McNEESE,  SR.    (1966)    Maintenance  Foreman 

MRS.   JEAN    NAPIER    (1970)     Secretary,    Dean    of    Faculty 

MRS.    MARTHA    NEAL    (1970)     Secretary,    President 

MRS.  DOROTHY  NETTLES    ( 1  947)    Cashier 

J.  B.  NICHOLS  (1972)    . Director  of  Security 

MRS.    CLAUDIA    O'KEEFE     (1973)      Receptionist,    Development 

MRS.    JOAN    PARSONS    (1973)     Asst.,    Business    Office 

MRS.    DIANE    PEARSON     ( 1  97 1  )        Accountant 

MRS.  ANNE  PHELPS    (1973)     Secretary,   Director  of  Services 

RUDY  POLLAN    ( 1 972)    Admissions  Counselor 

MRS.    RUTH    POWELL    ( 1 972)     Key    Punch    Operator 

MRS.  JOSEPH  B.  PRICE   ( 1  964)    Resident  Hostess,  Bacot  Hall 

MRS.  MYRLENE  PROPST  (1968)    Asst.,  Registrar's  Office 

MRS.    ELIZABETH    RANAGER    ( 1 969)     Divisions   Secretary 

MRS.  OUIDA  FAYE  STRAIN    (1971  )     Campaign  Coordinator 

MRS.   BETH  TAYLOR    (1972)     Secretary,    Institute  of  Politics 

PAUL  WADE    { 1 972)    Maintenance  Foreman 

MRS.  MITTIE  C.  WELTY   (1  959)    Post  Office  Clerk 

MRS.   JOSEPHINE  WHATLEY    (1973)     Secretary,    Director   of   Adm. 


STAFF         121 


ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION 

PRESIDENT    Cecil    Jenkins,    Jackson 

PRESIDENT-ELECT     Joseph    E.    Wroten,    Greenville 

VICE  PRESIDENTS    John   Hubbard,   Jackson 

Robert   Kates,    Jackson 
Mrs.    Robert    Luckett,   Jackson 

SECRETARY     Mrs.    Richard    Dortch,    Jackson 

PAST  PRESIDENTS    John   McEachin,   Meridian 

Pat   L.    Gilliland,   Jackson 
William    G.    Kimbrell,    Greenville 

EXECUTIVE  DIRECTOR James  J.   Livesay,  Jackson 


ENROLLMENT  STATISTICS 


Fall  Semester,   1973                                                 Men  Women     Total      Men    Wonrien     Total 

Freshman           114  98  212 

Sophomore 125  84  209                                             I 

Junior    146  125  271 

Senior          124  73  197 

Unclassified 41  58  99 

550        438        988 
Spring  Semester,   1974 

Freshman           1 04  1 02  206 

Sophomore     121  68  1 89 

Junior     137  107  244 

Senior         : 1 09  58  1 67 

Unclassified      30  66  96 

501         401         902 

Total   Registration,   Regular  Session    1051  839  1890 

Number  of  Different  Persons  in 

Attendance    Regular    Session     591         481       1072 

Summer   School    1973     445  344  789 

Number  of  Different   Persons   in 

Attendance  Summer  School    284        217         501 

Total   Number  of   Registration    1496  1  183  2679 

Number  of  Different  Persons 

in   Attendance    875        698      1 573 


122  ALUMNI  ASSN./ENROLLMENT  STATISTICS 


MEDALS  AND  PRIZES  AWARDED 

Commencement,   May,   1973 

The    Founder's   Medal     Rebecca    Carol    Youngblood 

Reba    Diamond    Hale 

The   Bourgeois  Medal     David     Alan     Anderson 

The  Tribbett  Scholarship    Frances   Ann    Lloyd 

The  Clark  Essay  Medal Elisabeth   Jane   Lord 

Henry  and   Katherine  Bellamann  Award   in  the  Creative  Arts      .     Robert   Lincoln   LaCour 

The  A.   G.   Sanders   Award   in    French    Syd   Connor 

The  A.   G.   Sanders   Award   in   Spanish     William     Montgomery 

The  Eta  Sigma  Phi  Award   in  Greek Jeri   Jeffreys 

Doug    Carter 

The  Eta  Sigma  Phi  Award  in  Latin Louis  Journey 

Chris   Wilkerson 

The   Alpha    Epsilon    Delta   Award    Hugh    McKinnon 

The  Theta  Nu  Sigma  Award    Mike  Womack 

The  Chi   Chi   Chi   Award       Ronald   Gammill 

The   General   Chemistry  Awards Peggy    Davis 

David    Donald 
Royce   Garvin 

The   Biology  Award    George   Cunningham 

Biology    Research    Award  Susan    Henry 

The  Freshman  Mathematics  Award    David   Anderson 

The   Mathematics   Majors    Awards  David    Donald 

Becky   Tillman 
Mike   Womack 

The  Wall   Street  Journal   Award    Blann    Britton 

The  Pendergrass  Medal    Thomas  Stephen   Burnett 

The  Beginning   German  Award    Peggy   Davis 

The   Intermediate  German  Award    David    Dyess 

Deutscher  Verein   Award    Steve    Liverman 

The  American   Bible  Society   Award    Doug    Carter 

The  Miss.  Society  of  Certified   Public  Accountants    John  Vaughn 

The   Undergraduate  Award   in  Analytical  Chemistry John   Wofford 

The  C.  Wright  Mills  Award   in  Sociology    Becky   Youngblood 

The   Alpha   Psi   Omega   Award         Lewis   Cocke 

The  Millsaps   Players   Acting   Awards    Harry   Crimm    -    Eileen    Hawkins 

The  Millsaps  Players  Junior  Acting  Awards    Lewis  Cocke   -   Lane   Moten 

The   Millsaps  Players   Backstage   Award    Mona    Perry 

The  Millsaps  Players  Freshman  Award    Juanita  Ogden 

The    Mitchell    Award     Lewis    Cocke 

The   Jackson    Little   Theatre   Award       John    Leech 

The   Millsaps    Players   Cameo    Award    Cliff    Coats 

The  Millsaps   Players   Directing   Award Dwight   Adcock 

The  Millsaps  Players  Workshop  Award Eddie  Gove  -  Lane  Moten 

The  Music  Majors  Awards    .  Janet  Lowry 

Kathryn    Minyard 
Lewis   Cocke 

MEDALS  AND  PRIZES  I  23 


DEGREES  CONFERRED   1973 


BACHELOR  OF  ARTS 


Harvey   Dwight  Adcock    Kosciusko 

■'John  Michael  Ainsworth  .  Annandale,  Va. 
James     Eugene     Anding      Jackson 

-Austin   Blaine   Baggett    Horn   Lake 

Katherine   Mary    Baier    Meridian 

Robert    Holcomb    Bass     Jackson 

-Sandra    Cheryl    Beall     Wesson 

Wallace  Adrian  Beauchamp,  III  ..Jackson 
Deborah    Anne    Bennett    Biloxi 

*Lillian    Theresa    Black     Ethel 

Ural    James    Bliss,    Jr Vicksburg 

Stephanie    Caroline    Bobo     Jackson 

Douglas    Stephenson    Boone     Jackson 

Lawrence   Allmon    Bosley    Pascagoula 

Alice   Faye   Boyd    Starkville 

Harold    Gene    Brannon     Grenada 

Robert    Jackson    Brantley,    Jr Jackson 

Joseph   Albert   Bridewell,   Jr Brandon 

Benjamin  Chester  Britt  ....  Houston,  Tx. 
John  MacDougall  Brittingham  Nashville,  Tn. 

••=Guy  Blann   Britton  Crawfordsville,  Ark. 

-Octavia    Dyer    Broad     Jackson 

Dewitt  Talmadge   Brock,    III    Jackson 

Patricia   Ann    Brooks    Jackson,   Tn. 

*Thomas    Steven    Burnett    Meridian 

*Terry   James    Butcher    .  .  .    Santa    Ana,    Cal. 

*Julius   Myron   Cain    Homewood,    Ala. 

*Cynthia    Jo    Carnathan     Meridian 

David   Ray  Carter    Ashland,    Ky. 

'■'Robert    Douglas    Carter    Tampa,    Fla. 

*Marsha   Ann   Caves    Brookhaven 

Dorothy     Dale    Chadwick     Jackson 

*Allyn    Miles   Clark    Laurel 

*Eric    Charles    Clark     Taylorsville 

Sam    Lewis    Cocke,    Jr Jackson 

Paula    Sue    Coe     Jackson 

*Susan    Virginia    Cooper    Meridian 

Robert  Millsaps  Corban    Fayette 

Charles    Anderson    Cox     Laurel 

Janis    Nan    Crawford    Tylertown 

William   Sidney   Darsey,   Jr Fayette 

Tupper  Jones   Davidson    Vicksburg 

Teri    Lee   Degler    McComb 

Dennis   Michael    Dendy    Meridian 

Beverly    Mavis    Derden     Vicksburg 

David    Sidney    Downing     Jackson 

Diana    Jo    Dyess     Jackson 

Wayne  Pennelton  Edwards  .  .Arlington,  Tx. 
Charles   Michael    Ellingburg    .    Mobile,    Ala. 

Robert    Oliver    Ely     Jackson 

Frank  Loy  Ezelle    Jackson 

*  David   Lynn   Finnell    Cookesville,   Tn. 

Vivian    Sheila     Fox     Meridian 

*Harry    Pollard    Gamble,    IV    .  .Metalrle,    La. 

Joan     Nirenberg     Geiger     Jackson 

Russell    Stephen    Gill     Biloxi 

Paul    Douglas    Ginn     Pascagoula 

Howard  Battle  Gist,  III  .  .Alexandria,  La. 
George  Wynn  Gober    Jackson 


'•'Frances  Moran   Gordy    Bay   St.    Louis 

Henri  Alyce  Fuller  Grantham  .  Clarksdale 
Lynn    Marie    Graves     Natchez 

'•'Penelope    Atwood    Greene    Meridian 

Michael    Ray    Grubbs     Jackson 

'■'Charlotte    Paige    Gutierrez    Biloxi 

Kenneth  Wayne  Hagan  .  .  Evansville,  Ind. 
'^"■"•'Reba   Diamond   Hale    Pascagoula 

'■'Richard  Stephen  Hale Moss  Point 

Rachel    Ann    Hallas    Brookhaven 

Gaylon    Kent    Harper    Laurel 

■"^'Margaret    Weems    Harriss     Canton 

Susan  Bowe   Hassell    Memphis,  Tn. 

Frances    Phebe    Heard     Natchez 

Henry    Tyler    Holmes,    Jr Winona 

Mary   Alice    Howkins     Pascagoula 

William    James    Hubbard,    Jr Jackson 

Michele    McBride    Ivison     Laurel 

'•'■•'Jeri    Lynn    Jeffreys     Jackson 

'^'Judy  Wren  Jernigan         .    Winter   Park,   Fla. 

Herman   Jew    Greenwood 

Eugene    Charles    Johnson     Jackson 

Willie     Dale     Keyes     Laurel 

Mary   Hagwood   King    Clarksdale 

Usherlean    King     Jackson 

Lois    Izett   Kirkland    Collins 

Dorothy    Hannah    Kitchings     Jackson 

Steven  Camp   Knight    Jackson 

Mildred    Grace    Kowalski     Canton 

Robert    Lincoln    LaCour    Meridian 

'•'Mary    Grace    Loftin     Moss    Point 

'^'Elisabeth    Jane    Lord     Meridian 

'•'Janet    Ruth    Lowry     Meridian 

'^Matthew   Gordon    Lyons    Biloxi 

John   Augustine   McDonald    Meridian 

James    Fannin    McGlothlin     Laurel 

'■'Hugh  West  McKinnon Hattiesburg 

Sharon  Eileen  Mahaffey    Pascagoula 

Harold    Clark    Malchow,    Jr.     ...Hattiesburg 

Joseph    David   Marsh,    III     Jackson 

Ruth   Cecelia    Meacham    Batesville 

Nancy   Carolyn    Mims    Memphis,   Tn. 

Gloria    Marks    Minor    Jackson 

""^'Sara    Kathryn    Minyard    Jackson 

'J'Ann    Prentice   Mitchell    Tupelo 

Elizabeth    Dean   Mitchell    Meridian 

Martha   Jan    Mullin    Jackson 

Philip  Gavin   Murrah    .  .  .    Germantown,   Tn. 

Michael    David   Nash    Jackson 

Nancy  Effie  Nicholson Meridian 

David  Walter  Nonnemacher    ..Mobile,  Ala. 

Martha  Catherine  Nutt    Jackson 

William    Franklin    Page    .  .  .    Columbus,    Ga. 

Signe    Sue    Pearson     Batesville 

Willie  Randall  Pinkston Jackson 

Bertie  Elizabeth  Poole  .  .  .  Winnsboro,  La. 
William    Daniel    Potter,    IV    ..Ellaville,    Ga. 

Robert    Hugh    Randle    Jackson 

Carroll     Edward    Rhodes     Hazlehurst 


*Cum  Laude 
**Magna  Cum  Laude 
♦**Summa  Cum   Laude 


124 


DEGREES  CONFERRED 


David  Files  Riemann    Gulfport 

Frank  Stevens  Rigell,   Jr Natchez 

Charles   Randlett  Sandel    .  .  .    Pass  Christian 

Lois   Sandusky    Memphis,   Tn. 

*Joan    Bradford    Sauer     Jackson 

Barry   Lynn   Sevedge    Jackson 

James  Ray  Sills Wesson 

Glyn    Stevens    Slay,    Jr Clinton 

James  Walter  Speer,  III    Jackson 

Debra  Eileen  Coyle  Spencer    Madison 

Deborah    McAlilly    Stauffer     .    New    Albany 

John   Russell   Stevens    Houston,   Tx. 

•"•=Ann    Carson    Sumner     Hattiesburg 

Timothy    Christian    Terpstra     Jackson 

Susan  Helenthia  Thompson Jackson 

**Rebecca  Watson  Tillman Hamilton 

Rowan    Maurice    Torrey     Hazlehurst 

John     Gholson     Vaughan      Jackson 

^William  James  Vaughan    Jackson 

*Ervin     Lewis     Vaught     Jackson 

Martha   Kim  Vest    McComb 


Christopher  James  Walker    .    Pass  Christian 

Mary   Lanelle   Smith   Ward    Jackson 

William   Stephen    Ware    Jackson 

Larry  Darnell  Watson  ..  Crystal  Springs 
Laura  Caroline  Weifenbach  New  Orleans,  La. 

Robert  Wayne  West Pelahatchie 

Mary   Carlton   Wiginton         .    Knoxville,   Tn. 

Auvergne  Williams,   III    Greenville 

**Sandra  Naomi   Williamson    ..Crystal  Springs 

=-'Sara     Kathleen     Willoughby     Meridian 

=''*Linda   Lou   Wilson    Jackson,   Tn. 

Richard  Bending  Wilson  Poughkeepsie,  N.Y. 
Terry    Glen    Winstead     Meridian 

*Debra  Whidden  Womack    Pascagoula 

=^=Jane  Louise  Woosley    Chicago,    III. 

*Sara     Helen     Worsham     Corinth 

Martha    Lou    Wright     Jackson 

Rice    Pressgrove    York,    Jr Jackson 

=-=*Rebecca    Carol    Youngblood    Sardis 

Robert    Harold    Zachry,   Jr Meridian 


BACHELOR  OF   SCIENCE 


David    Thomas    Abbott  Jackson 

Dempsey  Thaddeus  Amacker,  Jr.        Natchez 

Victor   Harry  Applewhite,   Jr Soso 

James    Randy    Bentley    Lufkin,   Tx. 

Bernace    Michael    Carter     Wiggins 

Walter  Lamar  Choate,  Jr Greenville 

Nicholas    Chris    Christu     Clinton 

David    Terence    Cobb     Biloxi 

Glenn   David  Cordua        Managua,  Nicaragua 
George    Robinson   Cunningham        Greenville 

Erin     Gayle     Ellis     Terry 

Ronald     Lynn     Feather     Clarksdale 

Judy  Catherine  Frith    Mendenhall 

*Mack    Clifton    Furr     Wesson 

Ronald    Bruce    Gammill     Louisville 

John  Melvin  Goolsby      .  .    Falls  Church,  Va. 

*Susan   Elizabeth    Henry    Indianola 

Evans    Moreton    Hobbs     Brookhaven 

John    Eric    Howell     Meridian 

Timothy    Alan     Jennings     Jackson 

Howard  William    Lange,  Jr. 

Granada  Hills,  Cal. 


*Alvin  Aaron  Loewenberg,  Jr Kosciusko 

Ivenue   Love    Meridian 

Robert    Benjamin    Lundy,    Jr.     .      Greenville 

Hillary  Carter  Mesick    Natchez 

John    Wesley   Owens       Jackson 

Richard    Earnest    Parker     Laurel 

John    Michael     Perry  Philadelphia 

Rebecca    Hunt    Reynolds  Decatur,    Ala. 

May    Genevieve    Roberts     Florence 

Bob  Travis  Robinson    Jackson 

^Edward   Leon  Schrader,  Jr Long   Beach 

Jack   Patton   Sills Manchester,   Ga. 

Robert    Martin    Stouter     Jackson 

Carol   Jean   Eldridge   Stroup    Union 

Allen  Ellis  Thomas    Greenville 

Daniel  Raymond  Thornton,  III  .  .  Meridian 
John    David   Wade    Jackson 

^Deborah    Hall    Weir    Jackson 

Ina    Kathryn    Wilkes     Athens,    Ga. 

*Walz   Michael   Womack    Gautier 


BACHELOR  OF  MUSIC 


*Janet    Ruth    Lowry     Meridian 

•'*Sara    Kathryn    Minyard     Jackson 


Laura  Jo  Owens    Jackson 


*Cum  Laude 
**Magna    Cum    Laude 
**=''Summa    Cum    Laude 


DEGREES   CONFERRED 


125 


INDEX 


Page 

Administration     114 

Administrative    Regulations     ....    95 

Admission  Applications 12 

Admission  Requirements 9 

Freshmen         9 

Transfer    Admission     10 

Special  Student 11 

Advisors,    Faculty    13 

Alumni  Association 122 

Athletics     101 


B 


Board  of  Trustees 112 

Buildings  and  Grounds    8 

Business    Intern     50 


Page 

Physics   and   Astronomy    77 

Political  Science 79 

Psychology    81 

Religion    83 

Romance  Languages 84 

Sociology  and  Anthropology    .  .  87 

Theater     89 

Dining  Facilities    14 


Educational  Certifrcation 

Programs     42-45 

Enrollment    Statistics     122 

Exclusion .    95 

Expenses,    Semester       16 

Extracurricular   Credits    . 34 


Class  Attendance    96 

Class   Standing 92 

Comprehensive    Examinations    ...  35 

Computer    Studies     51 

Convocation    Series     1  00 

Cooperative    Programs    45,  50 

Counseling   Program    12 

Pre-Registration     12 

Personal    13 


Dean's  List      94 

Degree  Applications    35 

Degrees,   Conferred    1  973    .  1  24,    1  25 
Degree  Programs 

B.A.    Degree      36 

B.S.    Degree    37 

B.M.    Degree      37 

Applied  Music  B.A 38 

Pre-Medical      40 

Pre-Dental     40 

Pre-Seminary     40 

Pre-Law    41 

Pre-Social    Work     42 

Degree   Requirements         32 

Departments  of    Instruction    ....  51 

Ancient  Languages 52 

Art 53 

Biology      53 

Chemistry      55 

Economics,  Accounting,  and 

Administration     59 

Education      61 

English    63 

Geology     65 

German     67 

History 68 

Mathematics 71 

Music        72 

Philosophy     75 

Physical   Education  and 

Athletics 76 


Faculty         113-117 

Fees,   Explanation    16 

Fees,   Miscellaneous    17 

Financial   Aid    19-29 

Financial    Regulations    18 

Fraternities 105 


Grades         92 

Graduation   with   Distinction    ....  93 

Graduation  with  Honors 93 

Gulf  Coast  Research  Laboratory  .  .  50 

H 

History  of  the  College    6 

Honors 93 

Honors   Societies    103,    105 

Honors   Program    48,  93 

Hours    Permitted     94 

Housing     13 


Information,    General     6 


Legislative   Intern 49 

Library    8 

Library  Staff 120 

Loan  Funds 27 

London   Semester    49 

M 

Majors    34 

Medals  and   Prizes    106-109 

Medals   and   Prizes 

Awarded  in  1972 123 


126 


INDEX 


Page 

Medical  Services 14 

Medical    Technology     46 

Milisaps  Players    103 

Millsaps  Singers    102 

Milisaps  Troubadours    102 


N 


Non-Departmental  Courses 51 


Orientation 12 


Placement,  Advanced    11 

Probation    96 

Publications     102 

Purposes  of  College 4 


Quality    Index      35 

Quality    Points    92 


Religious    Activities 


iOO 


Page 

Schedule    Changes    93 

Scholarships     19 

Competitive    20 

Institutional     20 

Endowed 21 

Sponsored 26 

Senior   Exemptions    97 

Sororities     105 

Special    Programs    48 

Staff  Personnel    120-121 

Student   Association     1  03 

Student   Behavior    97 

Student  Center         14 

Student    Organizations     .  .  .  .103-105 
Study  Abroad    50 

T 

Testing 13 

Tuition         16 

u 

United   Nations  Semester    49 

w 

Washington  Semester 48 

Withdrawal 95 


INDEX 


127 


ACADEMIC  CALENDAR 

EIGHTY-THIRD  YEAR 

1974-75 


June  3 
June  3 
July  3 
July  4 
July  8 
August    1  0 


SUMMER  SESSION    1974 

Registration 

First  Term  Classes  Meet  on  Regular  Schedule 

Final    Examinations,    First   Term 

Holiday 

Second  Term  Classes   Begin 

Final  Examinations,  Second  Term 


August  25 
August  26 
August   27 

August   28 
September    1  3 
October    18 
October    19 
October   23 
November   27 
December   2 
December    1  1 
December    1  6, 
December   20 


17,    18,    19,   20 


FALL  SESSION 

Dormitories  Open   for  Students,    10   a.m. 
Orientation  of  New  Students 
Registration   for  Class  Changes; 

Orientation  Continued 
Classes  Meet  on   Regular  Schedule 
Last  Day  for  Changes  of  Schedule 
End  of  First  Half  of  Semester 
Mid-Semester   Holidays    Begin,    8   a.m. 
Mid-Semester   Holidays   End,    8   a.m. 
Thanksgiving    Holidays    Begin,    1     p.m. 
Thanksgiving    Holidays   End,    8   a.m. 
Last  Regular  Meeting  of  Classes 
Final  Examinations,  First  Semester 
First   Semester   Ends 


January    14 

January    1 5 

January    31 

Marc 

h    7 

Marc 

h    28 

April 

7 

April 

15,    1 

May 

2 

May 

8,   9, 

May 

18 

7,    18 


12,    13,    14 


SPRING  SESSION 

Registration  for  Class  Changes 
Classes  Meet  on  Regular  Schedule 
Last   Day   for  Changes   of   Schedule 
End  of  First  Half  of  Semester 
Spring    Holidays    Begin,    8    a.m. 
Spring    Holidays    End,    8    a.m. 
Comprehensive   Examinations 
Last  Regular  Meeting  of  Classes 
Final  Examinations,  Second  Semester 
Commencement    Day 


June  2 
June  2 
July  3 
July  4 
July  7 
August    8 


SUMMER  SESSION    1975 

Registration 

First  Term   Classes   Meet   on    Regular   Schedule 

Final  Examinations,  First  Term 

Holiday 

Second  Term  Classes  Begin 

Final  Examinations,  Second  Term